Canon PIXMA PRO-200S

Product's Documents

Below are documents related to this product, you can read online or download:
User Manual
  • PRO 200S Online Manual - (English) Read Online | Download pdf
  • Guide for Easy PhotoPrint Editor - (English) Download
  • Guide for Easy Layout Editor - (English) Download
  • PRO 200S series Manual en línea - (Spanish) Download
  • PosterArtist Guide - (English) Download
  • Professional Print & Layout Guide - (English) Download
  • Professional Print & Layout Guide - (English) Download
  • Guide for Media Configuration Tool - (English) Download
  • Guide for Media Configuration Tool - (English) Download
Other Documents
  • Guía de Easy PhotoPrint Editor - (Spanish) Download
  • Guía de Easy Layout Editor - (Spanish) Download
  • Guía de Professional Print & Layout - (Spanish) Download
  • Guía de Professional Print & Layout - (Spanish) Download
  • Guía de Media Configuration Tool - (Spanish) Download
  • Guía de Media Configuration Tool - (Spanish) Download
  • PRO 200S Setup Instructions - (English) Download
  • PRO 200S Instrucciones de instalación - (Spanish) Download
PIXMA PRO-200S photo

PRO 200S Online Manual

This is the main product document for model PIXMA PRO-200S. Additionally, the document applies to other Canon models: PRO-200S

The file format is pdf, 609 pages, you can download this manual here .

background
PRO-200S series
Online Manual
English
background
Contents
Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Basic Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Printer Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Back / Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Using the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Placing Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Before Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Removing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Removing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Paper Sources to Load Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Loading Paper in the Top Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Register Paper Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
background
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Media Types You Can Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Before Printing on Art Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Other printer settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Paper-related settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Energy saving settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Reset settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Printer information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
AirPrint print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Smartphone photo print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Reducing the Printer Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Registering a Changed Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
background
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer Used in Shared Environment). . . . 144
Reducing the Printer Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Handling Printer Configuration Using the Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL/TLS Communication (Remote UI) 152
Settings That Can Be Changed From the Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Setting Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Generating Server Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Not Accessible From Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL/TLS Communication (Remote UI). . . . 152
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Network Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Sharing the Printer on a Network (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Setting Up a Shared Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Restrictions on Printer Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Settings on Print Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Settings on Client PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Restrictions on Printer Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Adjustments for Better Print Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Checking for Nozzle Clogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Replacing Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Checking Ink Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Cleaning the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
background
Cleaning the Printer Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Performing Bottom Plate Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Other Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
WEEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Legal Restrictions on Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Print Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Printing Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Standard Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Sizes for 0.98 inch (25 mm) Margin Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Printable Discs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
background
Printing from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Main Controls (Basic Settings Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Basic Settings Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Preventing Printing Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Media/Quality Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Adjusting Tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Specifying Color Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Printing with ICC Profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Interpreting the ICC Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Adjusting Color Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Adjusting Brightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Adjusting Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Set the Layout of Printed Documents (Page Setup Tab). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Page Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Tiling/Poster Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Booklet Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
background
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Canon IJ Preview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Canon IJ Preview Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Updating the Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Printing from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Setting the Stapling Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Specifying Color Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software). . . . . . 398
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Interpreting the ICC Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Adjusting Tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
background
Adjusting Color Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Adjusting Brightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Adjusting Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Printing Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
macOS Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Page Setup Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Print Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Canon IJ Printer Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Description of Print Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Quality & Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Color Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Advanced Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Page Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Updating the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Before Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Printing from Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Wireless Router Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
background
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 456
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Checking Network Information of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Cannot Print on the Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Back of Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Wrong Language Appears in Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). . . . . 527
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Connecting to a Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
background
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Setting Up IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Performing/Changing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Performing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) SettingsSupported models
only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
Assigning Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors (Paper Jams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
1013. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
1250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
background
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
2115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
background
Appendix
Online Manual
Symbols Used in This Document
Trademarks
Licenses
12
background
Online Manual
* Models used in illustrations and videos in this manual, may differ from your model.
Screenshots in This Manual
For Windows:
The screenshots used in this manual are the screens that appear when the operating system Windows 10
is used.
For macOS:
The screenshots used in this manual are the screens that appear when the operating system macOS
Ventura 13 is used.
13
background
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
Icons may vary depending on your product.
14
background
Trademarks
Microsoft, Excel, Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge, Microsoft Store, OneDrive, PowerPoint, Windows
and Windows Vista are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.
This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPad
Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
The Mopria® word mark and the Mopria® Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google LLC.
Google Play and Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Illustrator, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
Amazon, Echo and Alexa are trademarks of Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.
Google, Google Home, and YouTube are trademarks of Google LLC.
LINE is a registered trademark or trademark of LY Corporation.
LINE Clova is a registered trademark of LY Corporation.
Google Docs, and Google Drive are trademarks of Google LLC.
App Store is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
AOSS™ is a trademark of BUFFALO INC.
Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other
countries.
HP-GL and HP-GL/2 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of HP Inc. in the United States
and/or other countries.
Mozilla Firefox is a trademark or registered trademark of Mozilla Foundation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
Wi-Fi, WPA, WPA2 and WPA3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
All other company names and products mentioned in this guide may be registered trademarks or
trademarks of their respective companies.
15
background
Licenses
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.1.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
16
background
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work
and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or
Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this
definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the
Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists,
source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of,
the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication
that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except
as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute
patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in4.
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
17
background
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works4.
that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in
at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works;
or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions
of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
18
background
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
19
background
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
20
background
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
21
background
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 [email protected]
Author: Bernhard Penz <[email protected]>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
22
background
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 10: Lennart Poettering copyright notice (BSD-like) -----
Copyright 2010 Lennart Poettering
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
23
background
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
---- Part 11: IETF copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2013 IETF Trust and the persons identified as authors of
the code. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Internet Society, IETF or IETF Trust, nor the
names of specific contributors, may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
24
background
---- Part 12: Arista Networks copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) 2013, Arista Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Arista Networks, Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
---- Part 13: VMware, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2016, VMware, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
25
background
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of VMware, Inc. nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 14: USC/Information Sciences Institute copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Information Sciences Institute
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Information Sciences Institue nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
26
background
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES
OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <[email protected]>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
27
background
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
28
background
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which
all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType
Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
29
background
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
30
background
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties
of merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
31
background
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2014, Kenneth MacKay
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2006, CRYPTOGAMS by <[email protected]> All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the CRYPTOGAMS nor the names of its copyright holder and contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
32
background
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the GPL apply INSTEAD
OF those given above.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ISC License
Copyright (c) 2013-2017
Frank Denis <j at pureftpd dot org>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
by Lennart Augustsson ([email protected]) at
Carlstedt Research & Technology.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
33
background
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2000 Intel Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Lua
Copyright © 1994–2014 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the
rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and
to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
34
background
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of
the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuaSocket
LuaSocket 2.0.2 license
Copyright © 2004-2007 Diego Nehab
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuneScript
Copyright (c) 2018 ifritJP
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
35
background
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2002-2019, Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> and contributors
All Rights Reserved.
This software may be distributed, used, and modified under the terms of
BSD license:
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name(s) of the above-listed copyright holder(s) nor the
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2019, Broadcom Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
36
background
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
The certificate files "Amazon Root CA 1", "Amazon Root CA 2", "Amazon Root CA 4" are licensed under a
Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS," AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
37
background
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 1998-2010, Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved.
The redistribution and use of this software (with or without changes)
is allowed without the payment of fees or royalties provided that:
source code distributions include the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer;
binary distributions include the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer in their documentation.
This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties
in respect of its operation, including, but not limited to, correctness
and fitness for purpose.
Disclaimer: IMPORTANT: This Apple software is supplied to you, by Apple Inc. ("Apple"), in your
capacity as a current, and in good standing, Licensee in the MFi Licensing Program. Use of this
Apple software is governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of your MFi License,
including, but not limited to, the restrictions specified in the provision entitled "Public
Software", and is further subject to your agreement to the following additional terms, and your
agreement that the use, installation, modification or redistribution of this Apple software
constitutes acceptance of these additional terms. If you do not agree with these additional terms,
please do not use, install, modify or redistribute this Apple software.
Subject to all of these terms and in consideration of your agreement to abide by them, Apple grants
you, for as long as you are a current and in good-standing MFi Licensee, a personal, non-exclusive
license, under Apple's copyrights in this original Apple software (the "Apple Software"), to use,
reproduce, and modify the Apple Software in source form, and to use, reproduce, modify, and
redistribute the Apple Software, with or without modifications, in binary form. While you may not
redistribute the Apple Software in source form, should you redistribute the Apple Software in binary
form, you must retain this notice and the following text and disclaimers in all such redistributions
of the Apple Software. Neither the name, trademarks, service marks, or logos of Apple Inc. may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from the Apple Software without specific prior written
permission from Apple. Except as expressly stated in this notice, no other rights or licenses,
express or implied, are granted by Apple herein, including but not limited to any patent rights that
38
background
may be infringed by your derivative works or by other works in which the Apple Software may be
incorporated.
Unless you explicitly state otherwise, if you provide any ideas, suggestions, recommendations, bug
fixes or enhancements to Apple in connection with this software ("Feedback"), you hereby grant to
Apple a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide license to make, use,
reproduce, incorporate, modify, display, perform, sell, make or have made derivative works of,
distribute (directly or indirectly) and sublicense, such Feedback in connection with Apple products
and services. Providing this Feedback is voluntary, but if you do provide Feedback to Apple, you
acknowledge and agree that Apple may exercise the license granted above without the payment of
royalties or further consideration to Participant.
The Apple Software is provided by Apple on an "AS IS" basis. APPLE MAKES NO WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE APPLE SOFTWARE OR ITS USE
AND OPERATION ALONE OR
IN COMBINATION WITH YOUR PRODUCTS.
IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE,
REPRODUCTION, MODIFICATION
AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE APPLE SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER
THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2009 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Copyright (C) 2013 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
The following applies only to products supporting the cloud service (formerly known as PIXUS Cloud Link,
PIXMA Cloud Link, or MAXIFY Cloud Link).
THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS
---------------------------
Written by: Philip Hazel
Email local part: ph10
Email domain: cam.ac.uk
University of Cambridge Computing Service, Cambridge, England.
Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
All rights reserved.
39
background
PCRE JUST-IN-TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT
-------------------------------------
Written by: Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2010-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
STACK-LESS JUST-IN-TIME COMPILER
--------------------------------
Written by: Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2009-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
THE C++ WRAPPER FUNCTIONS
-------------------------
Contributed by: Google Inc.
Copyright (c) 2007-2012, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
THE "BSD" LICENCE
-----------------Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google
Inc. nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
40
background
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
41
background
Basic Operations
Printer Parts
Front
Back / Side
Inside
Operation Panel
Using the Printer
Turning the Printer On and Off
LCD and Operation Panel
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
42
background
Printer Parts
Front
Back / Side
Inside
Operation Panel
43
background
Front
A: Top Cover
Open to replace an ink tank or to remove jammed paper inside the printer.
B: Top Feed
Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed
automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed
C: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
D: Paper Support
Open to load paper in the top feed.
E: Feed Slot Cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
44
background
F: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
Operation Panel
G: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Open it before printing.
H: Output Tray Extension
Open to support ejected paper.
I: Paper Output Support
Pull out to support ejected paper.
J: Multi-purpose Tray Guide
Place the multi-purpose tray here.
K: Multi-purpose Tray Storage Compartment
The multi-purpose tray supplied with the printer can be stored here.
L: ON lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
M: ON button
Turns the power on or off.
Turning the Printer On and Off
N: Stop button
Cancels a print job in progress.
45
background
Back / Side
A: Paper Support
Pull out to load paper in the manual feed tray.
B: Manual Feed Tray
Load one sheet of 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) size paper or larger, or thick paper at a time.
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
C: Paper Jam Clearing button
Press this button when removing paper jammed in the manual feed tray.
D: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
E: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
F: Wired LAN Connector
Plug in the LAN cable to connect the printer to a LAN.
G: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
Important
Do not touch the metal casing.•
46
background
Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable or LAN cable while the printer is printing with the computer. This•
can cause trouble.
47
background
Inside
A: Print Head Lock Lever
Locks the print head into place.
B: Print Head Holder
Install the print head here.
Important
Do not raise the print head lock lever after installing the print head.•
Note
For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing Ink Tanks.•
48
background
Operation Panel
A: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
B: HOME button
Used to display the HOME screen.
C: Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
D: OK button
Finalizes the selection of a menu or setting item. This button is also used to resolve an error.
E: , , , and buttons
Used to select a menu or setting item.
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
49
background
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
You can enter text when a keyboard is shown on the printer. Follow the procedure below.
1. Use the buttons (A) to select the character you want to enter, and then press1.
.
Switches between "lower case letters" and "numbers and symbols."
Switches between upper and lower case letters while letters of the alphabet appear. Switches
symbol types while numbers and symbols appear.
Inserts a space.
50
background
Deletes the character at the cursor. Use or to move the cursor to the target
character.
2. Repeat 1 until text entry is complete.2.
Note
To insert characters, move the cursor to the character on the right of the target position using
or , and then enter characters.
51
background
Using the Printer
Turning the Printer On and Off
LCD and Operation Panel
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Placing a Printable Disc
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
52
background
Turning the Printer On and Off
Checking that Power Is On
Turning on the printer
Turning off the printer
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the LCD is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
The LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 3 minutes. To restore the display, press•
any button or perform the print operation. You cannot change the wait time before the LCD turns off.
Turning on the printer
Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Note
It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print operation is performed from a computer•
connected by USB cable or via network. This feature is set to off by default.
From the printer
53
background
Energy saving settings
From the computer
Managing the Printer Power (Windows)
Managing the Printer Power (macOS)
Turning off the printer
1.
Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
1.
2.
Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
2.
Important
When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.•
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the
print head and print quality may be reduced.
54
background
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Placing a Printable Disc
Before Placing a Printable Disc
Placing a Printable Disc
Removing a Printable Disc
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Removing Printable Nail Stickers
55
background
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions Common to using Multi-purpose Tray
Be sure to use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.•
Do not mount the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation.•
Do not remove the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation. Doing so may damage the•
printer, the multi-purpose tray, or the media.
Do not get dirt on the multi-purpose tray or scratches on the reflectors. The printer may not be able•
to recognize that a media is loaded, or printing may become misaligned. If the multi-purpose tray
becomes dirty, wipe the reflector clean with a soft and dry cloth, taking care not to scratch it.
After printing, allow the printing surface of the media to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose•
the media to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried.
Cautions When Printing onto Printable Disc
Remove any dirt from the multi-purpose tray before placing printable discs on it. Loading discs on a•
dirty multi-purpose tray may scratch the recording surface of the discs.
Do not print onto printable discs that are not compatible with inkjet printing. The ink will not dry and•
may cause problems with the disc itself or DVD players or other devices it is loaded into.
Do not print onto a printable disc's recording surface. Doing so will make data recorded onto discs•
unreadable.
Hold printable discs by their edges. Do not touch either the label surface (printing surface) or•
recording surface.
The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if software other than Easy-PhotoPrint Editor is used.•
Cautions When Printing on Printable Nail Stickers
For precautions on Printable Nail Stickers, refer to the instructions supplied with the Printable Nail
Stickers.
The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if an application other than Nail Stickers Creator is used.•
56
background
Placing a Printable Disc
Before Placing a Printable Disc
Placing a Printable Disc
Removing a Printable Disc
57
background
Before Placing a Printable Disc
A printable disc differs from regular disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) in that its label surface has been specially
processed or printing by an inkjet printer.
The following items are needed to print onto the printable disc.
Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)•
* Use the multi-purpose tray with "A" on the surface.
4.72 in. (12 cm) printable disc•
Obtain a printable disc with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing.
58
background
Placing a Printable Disc
To print onto a printable disc, place it on the supplied multi-purpose tray, and then insert it into the printer.
Important
Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc•
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
Remove any paper in the manual feed tray.•
Note
If test printing is executed onto test printing paper, depending on the paper type, the printer may not•
be able to read its size correctly, preventing the border areas from being printed. Test printing paper
should be used for purposes of checking the envisioned layout.
1.
Take out multi-purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
1.
2. Open the paper output tray (A) gently.2.
3.
When message prompting you to load printable disc appears, open the multi-purpose tray
3.
guide (B).
59
background
4.
Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
4.
Important
Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing a printable disc on it.
When placing a printable disc on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the printing surface of the•
disc or the reflectors (C) on the multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (D) at bottom.1.
60
background
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (E).2.
5. Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.5.
6.
Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow ( ) on multi-purpose
6.
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow ( ) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow ( ) on the multi-purpose tray guide.
61
background
Note
The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow the•
on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
62
background
Removing a Printable Disc
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.1.
2.
Close the multi-purpose tray guide.
2.
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide is opened, you cannot print on paper as it will not feed properly.
Make sure that the multi-purpose tray guide is closed.
3.
While pressing down lock (A), take out printable disc from slits (B) on multi-purpose tray,
3.
and remove it.
Important
Do not touch the printing surface when removing the disc from the multi-purpose tray.
63
background
Note
Allow the printing surface to dry before removing the disc. If you see printing on the multi-purpose•
tray or on the transparent parts of the inner or outer diameters of the printable disc, wipe them
clean after the printing surface has dried.
4. Insert multi-purpose tray straight into multi-purpose tray storage compartment.4.
When not using the multi-purpose tray, store it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
64
background
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Removing Printable Nail Stickers
65
background
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers
The following items are needed to print onto Printable Nail Stickers.
Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)•
* Use the multi-purpose tray with "A" on the surface.
Printable Nail Stickers (NL-101)•
Note
For the latest information on Printable Nail Stickers, access our website.•
66
background
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
To print onto Printable Nail Stickers, place them on the multi-purpose tray supplied with the printer, and
then insert them into the printer.
Important
Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load Printable Nail Stickers
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1.
Take out multi-purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
1.
2. Open the paper output tray (A) gently.2.
3.
When message prompting you to load Printable Nail Stickers appears, open the multi-
3.
purpose tray guide (B).
67
background
4.
Place Printable Nail Stickers on multi-purpose tray.
4.
Important
Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing Printable Nail Stickers on it.
To prevent getting dirt or fingerprints on Printable Nail Stickers, hold the stickers by their edges.•
If the print side gets any dirt or is damaged, it may cause poor print quality.
When placing Printable Nail Stickers on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the reflectors (C) on•
the multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place Printable Nail Stickers and press it against lock (D)1.
at bottom.
68
background
2. While pressing down lock with Printable Nail Stickers, insert two tabs (E) on top into slits (F)2.
on multi-purpose tray.
5.
Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
5.
6.
Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow ( ) on multi-purpose
6.
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow ( ) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow ( ) on the multi-purpose tray guide.
69
background
Note
The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow the•
on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
70
background
Removing Printable Nail Stickers
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.1.
2.
Close the multi-purpose tray guide.
2.
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide is opened, you cannot print on paper as it will not feed properly.
Make sure that the multi-purpose tray guide is closed.
3.
Remove Printable Nail Stickers.
3.
While pressing down lock (A), remove two tabs (B) on the top out of slits (C).
Important
Do not touch the printing surface when removing Printable Nail Stickers.
71
background
Note
Allow the printing surface to dry before removing Printable Nail Stickers. If you see printing on•
the multi-purpose tray or outside the Printable Nail Stickers, wipe them clean after the printing
surface has dried.
4. Peel a sheet of Printable Nail Stickers from adapter.4.
Important
Allow the printing surface to dry before tearing off Printable Nail Stickers from its edges.•
5.
Insert multi-purpose tray straight into multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
5.
When not using the multi-purpose tray, insert it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
72
background
Handling Paper
Loading Paper
Paper Sources to Load Paper
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed
Register Paper Information
Information about Paper
Media Types You Can Use
Paper Load Limit
Unsupported Media Types
Handling Paper
Before Printing on Art Paper
Managing Paper Information on Printer Using Media Configuration Tool
73
background
Loading Paper
Paper Sources to Load Paper
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed
Register Paper Information
74
background
Paper Sources to Load Paper
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the top feed (A) and manual feed tray (B).
Important
The paper source used depends on the page size and media type.•
Media Types You Can Use
Paper Load Limit
When printing, select the correct page size, media type, and paper source. If you select the wrong page•
size or media type, the printer may not print with the proper print quality.
Top Feed
Load paper from 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) size to A3+ size.
Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed
automatically one sheet at a time.
Load plain paper in the top feed.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed
Manual Feed Tray
Load paper from 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) size to A3+ size.
Load a sheet of paper at a time.
75
background
Load thick paper such as art paper in the manual feed tray.
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
76
background
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
You can load multiple sheets of paper of the same type and size in the top feed.
You can also load envelopes on the top feed.
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed
1. Prepare paper.1.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may•
cause paper jams.
If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the•
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check 3
in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at•
a time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2.
Open the paper support (A) of the top feed.
2.
3.
Open the paper output tray (B) gently.
3.
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide (C) is open, be sure to close it.
4.
Open the output tray extension (D), then pull out the paper output support (E).
4.
77
background
5.
Open the feed slot cover (F).
5.
6.
Slide right paper guide (G) to open both paper guides and load the paper in the center of
6.
the top feed WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
7.
Slide right paper guide (G) to align both paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
7.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
78
background
Important
Always load paper in the portrait orientation (H). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (I)•
can cause paper jams.
Note
Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (J).•
For loading long-length paper (paper that the length is up to 39.00 in. (990.6 mm)), the leading
edges of paper are lifted depending on the paper weight and printouts may be misaligned.
Prevent the leading edges of paper from lifting by holding the parts protruding from the tray or
other ways.
79
background
8. Close feed slot cover gently.8.
The paper information registration screen for the top feed is displayed on the LCD.
9.
Select the size and type of paper loaded in the top feed at Page size and Type, select
9.
Register.
Note
There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper•
loaded on the top feed matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
For printing on long-length paper (paper that the length is up to 39.00 in. (990.6 mm)), hold ejected•
paper with your hand or use the printer at the location that paper does not fall. If paper falls, the printed
surface may get dirty or be damaged. If you hold paper with your hand, do not pull it forcibly while
printing.
80
background
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
You can load one sheet of 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) size paper or larger in the manual feed tray at a time.
Note
The manual feed tray does not accept plain paper. When printing on plain paper, load it in the top feed.•
1.
Prepare paper.
1.
If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check 3
in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at
a time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open the manual feed tray (A), then extend the paper support (B).2.
3. Open the paper output tray (C) gently.3.
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide (D) is open, be sure to close it.•
4. Open the output tray extension (E), then pull out the paper output support (F).4.
81
background
5. Slide the paper guides (G) to open them, and load ONLY ONE SHEET OF PAPER in the5.
center of the manual feed tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
6. Slide the paper guides (G) to align them with both sides of the paper stack.6.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Important
Always load paper in the portrait orientation (H). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (I)
can cause paper jams.
82
background
7. Check if the paper is set properly in the manual feed tray.7.
Make sure that the paper is set firmly against the bottom of the manual feed tray and against the paper
guides by slightly jiggling the paper up and down.
8.
Select the size and type of paper loaded in the manual feed tray at Page size and Type,
8.
select Register.
Note
To continue printing from the manual feed tray, wait until printing is complete, then load the next sheet.•
There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
83
background
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper•
loaded on the manual feed tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in
accordance with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if
these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check
and correct the paper settings.
For loading long-length paper (paper that the length is up to 39.00 in. (990.6 mm)), the leading edges•
of paper are lifted depending on the paper weight and printouts may be misaligned. Prevent the leading
edges of paper from lifting by holding the parts protruding from the tray or other ways.
When printing on long-length paper, hold ejected paper with your hand or use the printer at the location
that paper does not fall. If paper falls, the printed surface may get dirty or be damaged. If you hold
paper with your hand, do not pull it forcibly while printing.
84
background
Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 on the top feed.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.•
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1.
Prepare envelopes.
1.
Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite•
direction.
If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.•
Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.•
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2.
Open the paper support (A) of the top feed.
2.
3.
Open the paper output tray (B) gently.
3.
85
background
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide (C) is open, be sure to close it.•
4. Open the output tray extension (D), then pull out the paper output support (E).4.
5.
Open the feed slot cover (F).
5.
6.
Slide right paper guide (G) to open both paper guides and load the envelopes in the center
6.
of the top feed WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
86
background
7. Slide right paper guide (G) to align both paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.7.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
Note
Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (H).•
8.
Close feed slot cover gently.
8.
The paper information registration screen for the top feed is displayed on the LCD.
87
background
9.
Select the size and type of envelopes loaded in the top feed at Page size and Type, select
9.
Register.
Note
To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper•
loaded on the top feed matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
88
background
Register Paper Information
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the top feed or the manual feed tray, you can
prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or
the media type of the loaded paper differs from the paper settings.
When you load paper in the top feed and close the feed slot cover, or
load paper in the manual feed tray:
The screen to register the paper information is displayed.
If the loaded paper matches the paper information displayed on the printer's LCD, select Register.
If it is different, select Page size or Type. Then register the correct paper information.
Important
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper•
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
89
background
When the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper
information registered in the printer:
Ex:
Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing: A5
Paper information for the top feed registered in the printer: A4
When you start printing, a message is displayed.
2114
90
background
Information about Paper
Media Types You Can Use
Paper Load Limit
Unsupported Media Types
Handling Paper
Before Printing on Art Paper
Managing Paper Information on Printer Using Media Configuration Tool
91
background
Media Types You Can Use
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight / Thickness
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.•
Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,•
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>•
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>•
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>•
Paper for printing photos:
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>•
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501>•
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>•
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>•
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>•
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>•
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>•
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101>•
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>•
Paper for making original goods:
Printable Nail Stickers <NL-101>•
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>•
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>•
92
background
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)•
Envelopes•
T-Shirt Transfers•
Greeting Card•
Card Stock•
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Note
When using art paper, see Before Printing on Art Paper.•
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.•
Standard sizes:
top feed•
Letter◦
Legal◦
11"x17"(28x43cm)◦
A5◦
A4◦
A3◦
A3+◦
B5◦
B4◦
KG/4"x6"(10x15)◦
5"x7"(13x18cm)◦
7"x10"(18x25cm)◦
8"x10"(20x25cm)◦
10"x12"(25x30cm)◦
210x594mm◦
L(89x127mm)◦
2L(127x178mm)◦
93
background
Square 5"◦
12"x12"(30x30cm)◦
Hagaki◦
Hagaki 2◦
Envelope Com 10◦
Envelope DL◦
Nagagata 3◦
Nagagata 4◦
Yougata 4◦
Yougata 6◦
manual feed tray•
Letter◦
Legal◦
11"x17"(28x43cm)◦
A4◦
A3◦
A3+◦
B4◦
8"x10"(20x25cm)◦
10"x12"(25x30cm)◦
210x594mm◦
12"x12"(30x30cm)◦
Special sizes
Special page sizes must be within the following limits:
top feed•
Minimum size: 3.50 x 5.00 in. (89.0 x 127.0 mm)◦
Maximum size: 12.95 x 39.00 in. (329.0 x 990.6 mm)◦
manual feed tray•
Minimum size: 8.00 x 10.00 in. (203.2 x 254.0 mm)◦
Maximum size: 13.00 x 39.00 in. (330.2 x 990.6 mm)◦
Paper Weight / Thickness
You can use paper in the following weight/thickness ranges.
* Do not use paper heavier or thicker than this, as it could jam in the printer.
top feed
94
background
Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m
2
)
Specialty paper: Up to 80 lb (300 g /m
2
) / from 4 to 11.8 mil (0.1 to 0.3 mm)
manual feed tray•
Specialty paper: Up to 93 lb (350 g /m
2
) / from 4 to 23.6 mil (0.1 to 0.6 mm)
95
background
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the top feed, the manual feed tray, and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Top Feed and Manual Feed Tray
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Top Feed and Manual Feed Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Top Feed
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Approx. 100 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Approx. 80 sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1 A4, B5, Letter: Approx. 80 sheets
B4: 50 sheets
A3: 20 sheets
A3+: 1 sheet
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Top Feed Manual Feed Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*2
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501>*2
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*2
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
KG/4"x6"(10x15),
L(89x127mm), Square 5", Ha-
gaki: 20 sheets
A4, A3, Let-
ter, 5"x7"(13x18cm),
8"x10"(20x25cm),
2L(127x178mm): 10 sheets
A3+, 10"x12"(25x30cm): 1
sheet
1 sheet
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101>
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>
N/A 1 sheet
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.> Top Feed Manual Feed Tray
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101> 1 sheet 1 sheet
96
background
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Top Feed Manual Feed Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 A5, A4, B5, Letter: Approx.
100 sheets
A3, B4, Legal,
11"x17"(28x43cm): Approx.
50 sheets
N/A
Envelopes 10 sheets N/A
T-Shirt Transfers 1 sheet N/A
Greeting Card 1 sheet 1 sheet
Card Stock 1 sheet 1 sheet
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Note
When using non-Canon genuine specialty paper, load one sheet at a time in the top feed or manual•
feed tray.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Paper Output Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Approx. 50 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 50 sheets
97
background
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
98
background
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper•
Damp paper•
Paper that is too thin•
Paper that is too thick•
Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing•
on paper smaller than A5)
Picture postcards•
Postcards affixed with photos or stickers•
Envelopes with a double flap•
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface•
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive•
Any type of paper with holes•
Paper that is not rectangular•
Paper bound with staples or glue•
Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal•
Paper decorated with glitter, etc.•
99
background
Handling Paper
Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.•
Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print•
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch•
the printed surface as much as possible when handling.
Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.•
To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level•
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
100
background
Before Printing on Art Paper
When using art paper, dust is liable to be generated. It is therefore recommended that paper dust be
removed on art paper just before printing.
You will need a soft hair brush (or similar brush used to clean office
automation equipment).
The wider the brush, the more effective it will be.
OK - soft brush made from material such as polypropylene, polyethylene, horse hair or goat hair.
Important
Be sure not to use brushes as shown below. The printing surface may be damaged.•
Not OK - brush made from hard material, cloth or washcloth, sticky and abrasive materials.
Paper dust removal procedure:
1. Check that the brush is not wet and free from dust or dirt.1.
2. Brush the overall printing surface carefully in one direction.2.
Important
Be sure to brush all the way across the paper; do not start brushing at the middle or stop
halfway.
Be careful not to touch the printing surface as much as possible.
101
background
3. To complete the removal of paper dust, brush the paper in the other direction from top to3.
bottom.
102
background
Settings
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
LCD and Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel
Handling Printer Configuration Using the Web Browser
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web Browser
Settings That Can Be Changed From the Browser
Setting Password
Generating Server Certificate
Not Accessible From Web Browser
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL/TLS Communication
(Remote UI)
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL Communication
Network Setting
103
background
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
LCD and Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel
104
background
LCD and Operation Panel
Turning on the printer displays the HOME screen.
Using the button to select an item from the menu and pressing the OK button enable you to perform
each setting.
A: Printer status display area
Displays printer status, messages, and other information.
Notification Messages
B: Network
Displays network status by the icon.
The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.
Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Note
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.•
(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.
(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.
Place the printer near the wireless router.
105
background
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Wired LAN is enabled.
Wireless Direct is enabled.
Network is disabled.
C: Ink status display area
Displays the ink status. Selecting this item enables you to check the remaining amount of ink and model
number of ink tank.
Checking Ink Level
D: Paper settings display area
Displays information about the paper in the top feed. Selecting this item enables you to specify the size
and type of paper loaded in the top feed.
E: Maintenance
Select this item to perform maintenance of the printer.
F: Template print
You can print and make as lined or graph paper.
G: LAN settings
You can perform settings relating to network.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
H: Various settings
You can change printer settings such as settings when printing.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
I: Printer information
Displays printer information and error histories.
J: Quick guide
Displays how to operate the printer and QR code accessing to the Online Manual.
Note
When printing is in progress, you cannot select grayed out items.•
Notification Messages
When the ink is low or there is another notification, New notice appears in the printer status display area.
106
background
Press the button to display the Notice list screen to check messages.
Use the button to select a message and press the OK button to view the message details screen to
check the details and take action.
107
background
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Note
The administrator password is required to change some setting items if it is enabled for changing•
settings using the operation panel.
For more on setting items which the administrator password is required:
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
Other printer settings
Language selection
Web service setup
Energy saving settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
AirPrint print settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Paper-related settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
Maintenance
LAN settings
Firmware update
Reset settings
Printer information
108
background
Maintenance
This item is displayed on the HOME screen.
Nozzle Check
Prints out the nozzle check pattern.
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
Print Head Cleaning
Select this to clean the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Print Head Alignment
Adjusts the alignment of print head.
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Roller Cleaning
Select this mode when cleaning the paper feed rollers.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Bottom Plate Cleaning
Select this mode when cleaning the inside of the printer.
Performing Bottom Plate Cleaning
109
background
LAN settings
This item is displayed on the HOME screen.
Important
The administrator password is required to change the settings if it is enabled to change the settings on•
the operation panel using the administrator password.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Wired LAN
To print the network settings, select Print details and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi setting list
The network settings information of the printer appears when it is connected by Wi-Fi. (Some setting items
are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Items Setting
Connection Enabled (connected)/Enabled (disconnected)/Disable
Network name (SSID) XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Frequency 2.4 GHz/5 GHz
Wi-Fi security Disable
WPA-PSK(AES)
WPA2-PSK(AES)
WPA/WPA2-PSK
WPA3-SAE(AES)
WPA2/WPA3-PSK
WPA-EAP(AES)
WPA2-EAP(AES)
WPA3-EAP(AES)
WPA/WPA2-EAP(AES)
WPA2/WPA3-EAP(AES)
Signal strength (%) XXX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
110
background
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX
IPv6 manual address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 manual prefix length XXX
IPv6 stateless address 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 stateless prefix length 1 XXX
IPv6 stateless address 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 stateless prefix length 2 XXX
IPv6 stateless address 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 stateless prefix length 3 XXX
IPv6 stateless address 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 stateless prefix length 4 XXX
IPv6 default gateway 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 default gateway 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 default gateway 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 default gateway 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
MAC address (Wi-Fi) XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
IPsec settings Enable (ESP) / Enable (ESP & AH) / Enable (AH) / Disable
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
To change the setting, select Settings.
Enable/disable Wi-Fi
Enables/disables Wi-Fi.
111
background
Wi-Fi setup
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
Other connection types
WPS (PIN code method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced setup
Wireless Direct
Wireless Direct setting list
The network settings information of the printer appears when it is connected by the wireless direct. (Some
setting items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Items Setting
Connection Enable/Disable
Network (SSID)/device name DIRECT-XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Password XXXXXXXXXX
Frequency 2.4 GHz/5 GHz
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK(AES)
No. of printers connected now XX/XX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX
112
background
MAC address (Wi-Fi) XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
IPsec settings Enable (ESP) / Enable (ESP & AH) / Enable (AH) / Disable
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
To change the setting, select Settings.
Enable/disable Wireless Direct
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
Change SSID/device name
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
Connection request confirmation
Changes the display/non-display of the confirmation screen when Wi-Fi Direct compatible devices are
connected to the printer.
Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced setup
2.4GHz/5GHz Switch
Sets the frequency to use.
Wired LAN
Wired LAN setting list
The network settings information of the printer appears when it is connected by wired LAN. (Some setting
items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Items Setting
Connection Enabled (connected)/Enabled (disconnected)/Disable
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX
113
background
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX
IPv6 manual address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 manual prefix length XXX
IPv6 stateless address 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 stateless prefix length 1 XXX
IPv6 stateless address 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 stateless prefix length 2 XXX
IPv6 stateless address 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 stateless prefix length 3 XXX
IPv6 stateless address 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 stateless prefix length 4 XXX
IPv6 default gateway 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 default gateway 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 default gateway 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
IPv6 default gateway 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX
MAC address (Wired LAN) XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
IPsec settings Enable (ESP) / Enable (ESP & AH) / Enable (AH) / Disable
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
To change the setting, select Settings.
Enable/disable Wired LAN
Enables/disables wired LAN.
Advanced
For details on each setting item:
114
background
Advanced setup
Advanced setup
Set printer name
Specifies the printer name.
Note
You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.•
You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.•
TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
WSD settings
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in•
Windows.
Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
Timeout settings
Specifies the timeout length.
Bonjour settings
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name.
Note
You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.
IEEE802.1X settings
Sets the IEEE802.1X authentication method, etc.
115
background
LPR protocol settings
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
RAW protocol
Enables/disables RAW printing.
LLMNR
Specifies ON/OFF of LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting ON allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
IPP settings
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
Wi-Fi DRX settings
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using Wi-Fi (discontinuous
reception).
Note
Depending on the Wi-Fi router used, discontinuous reception may not be activated even though•
Enable is selected.
Discontinuous reception is enabled only while the printer is on standby. (The LCD is in the screen•
saver mode.)
Wired LAN DRX settings
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when the printer is connected to a
device compatible with wired LAN.
IPsec settings
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec security.
116
background
Print settings
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower print quality.•
Auto photo fix settings
Selecting Yes will prioritize the printing of the Exif information in the image.
Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.01 inch/0.1 mm between -0.12 inch/-3 mm and
+0.12 inch/+3 mm centered on the horizontal center of the paper.
Important
For A3, A3+ and 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm), you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.06 in. (-1.5•
mm) and +0.06 in. (+1.5 mm) even if you specify the value over 0.06 in. (1.5 mm).
Magnification level for borderless
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
Settings will become ineffective in the following situations:•
Printing from a standard form.
Note
When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be•
prioritized.
If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Large for this•
setting may help solve the problem.
117
background
Other printer settings
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
Important
The administrator password is required to change the settings if it is enabled to change the settings on•
the operation panel using the administrator password.
Date/time settings
Sets the current date and time.
Date display format
Changes the display format of dates when printed.
Key repeat
Enables/Disables continuous input by pressing and holding down the buttons when selecting
a menu or setting item.
Use of Remote UI
Enables/Disables Remote UI.
Keyboard layout
You can select a layout to display on the LCD from the keyboard layouts below.
QWERTY
QWERTZ
AZERTY
118
background
Language selection
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
Changes the language for messages and menus on the LCD.
Important
The administrator password is required to change the settings if it is enabled to change the settings on•
the operation panel using the administrator password.
119
background
Firmware update
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
The administrator password is required to change the settings if it is enabled to change the settings on•
the operation panel using the administrator password.
When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.•
Do not turn off the printer while firmware is being updated.•
Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the
on-screen instructions to perform update.
Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
Update notification settings
You can set the printer to display the firmware update information on the LCD when the firmware update
is available.
When Idle/Power off is selected, the printer informs you of the update during idle and the update
information also appears when you press the ON button.
Auto update settings
Select ON to automatically update the firmware to the latest version.
DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
120
background
Paper-related settings
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
Top feed paper settings
Set the paper size and the media type of paper loaded in the top feed.
Manual feed tray paper settings
Set the paper size and the media type of paper loaded in the manual feed tray.
Check paper replacement
If you select Yes, the printer detects that the paper is loaded or removed.
When the paper registration screen is displayed after loading paper, register the paper size and the
media type.
Det. paper setting mismatch
If you select Yes, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are the same as those
registered. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error message appears on the LCD.
Register Paper Information
Advanced paper settings
Perform the following settings for each media type.
Paper thickness (head height)
Pause between scans
Pause between pages
Detect paper width
Selecting Reset paper settings by paper, Yes and pressing the OK button initializes the settings.
Entering the administrator password is required if it is enabled.
Print advanced paper settings
Prints out each setting specified in Advanced paper settings.
Reset paper settings for all paper
Initializes each setting specified in Advanced paper settings.
Entering the administrator password is required if it is enabled.
121
background
Energy saving settings
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
Allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
Important
The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using the•
operation panel.
Note
If this setting is changed, power consumption may increase.•
Auto power off
Specifies the length of time to turn off the printer automatically when no operation is made or no printing
data is sent to the printer.
Auto power on
Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when printing data is sent to the printer.
122
background
Quiet setting
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
Enable this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Important
The administrator password is required to change the settings if it is enabled to change the settings on•
the operation panel using the administrator password.
ON
Select to reduce the operating noise when printing.
Important
Operating speed is reduced compared to when OFF is selected.•
This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,•
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
OFF
Select when you do not use the quiet mode.
123
background
Reset settings
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
You can set the settings back to the default.
Important
The administrator password is required to change the settings if it is enabled to change the settings on•
the operation panel using the administrator password.
Web service setup only
Sets the Web service settings back to the default.
LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings back to the default.
Settings only
Returns the settings such as the paper size, media type, or other setting items back to the default. The
LAN settings is not returned back to the default.
Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified for
the printer is initialized.
Default Administrator Password
Note
You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:•
The language displayed on the LCD
The current position of the print head
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
Media information registered to the printer by using Media Configuration Tool
124
background
Web service setup
This item is displayed when you select Various settings on the HOME screen.
Important
The administrator password is required to change the settings if it is enabled to change the settings on•
the operation panel using the administrator password.
Web service usage registration/Web service usage cancellation
Registers/Deletes Web service usage to use the printer device information to/from cloud service.
Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Cloud Printing Center.
Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Canon Cloud Printing Center.
Issue registration code
In order to link the web service and printer, obtain the registration code from the service origin.
DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
125
background
Printer information
This item is displayed on the HOME screen.
System information
Displays printer's system information.
Error history
Displays the error history.
For more on the error code, refer to List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
126
background
AirPrint print settings
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
You can change the print settings when printing using AirPrint from the macOS device or the iOS device.
Print quality settings
Color mode
Select the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Important
Even if you select ICC profile, printing is performed without ICC profile if ICC profile is not•
included in the paper information added with Media Configuration Tool. Even if ICC profile is
included in the paper information, printing will fail and the paper will be ejected as the blank
paper if the Profile is not supported with the printer.
127
background
Smartphone photo print settings
This item is displayed when you select Printer settings from Various settings on the HOME
screen.
You can set the correction for image quality when printing photos from the smartphone or tablet.
Auto photo fix
Selecting ON will automatically correct to the optimum image quality.
Note
Depending on the print function of the smartphone or tablet used, image correction may not be•
possible.
128
background
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel
The administrator password can be set or canceled.
Specifying the administrator password requires you to enter the password to use the items or change the
settings below.
Web service setup
LAN settings
Other printer settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Energy saving settings
Quiet setting
Administrator password settings
Reset settings
Follow the procedure below to specify the administrator password.
Important
The administrator password of the printer is set from the time of purchase.•
Default Administrator Password
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Select Various settings on the HOME screen.2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Select Printer settings.3.
4.
Select Administrator password settings.
4.
5. If the authentication screen for an administrator password is displayed, enter a password,5.
then select OK.
When the administrator password is not set, the registration confirmation message is displayed. Select
Yes. The message is displayed again. Then, select OK and proceed to step 7.
6.
Select Change administrator password.
6.
When you do not set the administrator password, select Remove administrator password. Select Yes
in the displayed screen. The message is displayed again. Then, select OK.
7.
Select the effective range of the administrator password.
7.
Remote UI and other tools
To change the setting using the remote UI or a certain software, the administrator password needs
to be entered.
129
background
LCD, Remote UI, and other tools
To change the setting using the operation panel of this printer, remote UI or a certain software, the
administrator password needs to be entered.
8. Enter the administrator password.8.
Enter the password using 4 to 32 alphanumeric characters and symbols.
Important
From a security point of view, it is recommended to set the password of 8 characters or more in
combination of alphanumeric characters and symbols.
9.
Select Apply.
9.
10.
Enter the administrator password again.
10.
11.
Select Apply.
11.
The administrator password is available.
130
background
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing the Print Options
Managing the Printer Power
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
131
background
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Check this check box if part of the image data is cut off, the paper source during printing differs from the
driver settings, or printing fails.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
2.
The Print Options dialog box opens.
3.
Change the individual settings
3.
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
132
background
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Perform power off
2.
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool1.
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power2.
The Auto Power Settings dialog box will open.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
3.
Auto Power On
Select the auto-power on setting.
Select Disable to prevent the auto-power on feature from functioning.
Check that the printer is on, and then click OK to change the printer settings.
Select Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it.
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver
or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
133
background
Note
Enabling auto power on, disabling auto power off, or extending the time for auto power off will
increase power consumption.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
Note
When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Cannot communicate with printer" is displayed.
134
background
Reducing the Printer Noise
The quiet mode allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce the
operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
Quiet Settings
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Click Quiet Settings
2.
The Quiet Settings dialog box opens.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. Set the quiet mode3.
Enable quiet mode and configure quiet mode settings.
4.
Apply the settings
4.
Check that the printer is on and then click OK.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The settings are enabled hereafter.
Note
The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the paper source and the print quality settings.
135
background
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
If you want to change printer settings, open one of the following two screens, and configure settings.
Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab
Other Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
For functions related to print settings, go to Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab. For other settings,
go to Other Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Custom Settings in the Maintenance Tab
1.
Open the Maintenance Tab
1.
2.
Check that the printer power is on, and click Custom Settings
2.
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
Configure settings
3.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
Other Settings in Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Check that the printer is on and then click Other Settings
2.
The Other Settings dialog box opens.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
Configure settings
3.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
136
background
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
137
background
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Registering a Changed Printing Profile
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer Used in Shared Environment)
Reducing the Printer Noise
138
background
Registering a Changed Printing Profile
You can name and register the printing profile you made in the Print Dialog. The registered printing profile
can be called up from Presets to be used. You can also delete the unnecessary printing profile.
The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows:
Registering a Printing Profile
1.
In the Print dialog, set the necessary items
1.
2.
Select Save Current Settings as Preset... from the Presets
2.
3.
Save the settings
3.
In the displayed dialog, enter a name in Preset Name, and if necessary, set Available For. Then click
OK.
Important
There are also print settings that cannot be saved to preset.
Using Registered Printing Profile
1. On Presets in the Print dialog, select the name of printing profile you want to use1.
Printing profile in the Print dialog will be updated to the called profile.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted1.
In the print dialog, select Edit Preset List... in the Presets section. Then in the dialog that appears,
select the name of the printing profile to be deleted.
2.
Delete the printing profile
2.
Click -, and click OK. The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets.
139
background
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allow you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent or the
printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
1.
Selecting Printer settings from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Energy saving settings
2.
3.
Complete the following settings:
3.
Auto power off
Specify the time from the list. Printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent within the
specified time or the printer has remained inactive.
Auto power on
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
Note
Enabling auto power on, disabling auto power off, or extending the time for auto power off will
increase power consumption.
4.
Apply the settings
4.
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
140
background
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows:
1. Select Custom Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility21.
Note
If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, a message may be displayed because
the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer.
If this happens, click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
2.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
2.
Detects a printable disc in the disc tray
Detects whether compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray during printing on a printable
disc, and displays a message if compatible media is not loaded.
Check this check box to detect whether compatible media is loaded when printing.
Uncheck this check box to print without detecting whether compatible media is loaded.
Important
If you leave this check box unchecked, the printer may print to the multi-purpose tray even if
compatible media is not loaded on the multi-purpose tray. Therefore, you should check this
check box under normal circumstances.
If you load compatible media that has already been printed onto the multi-purpose tray, the
printer may detect that no compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray. In this case,
uncheck this check box.
Don't detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the
paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display
and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
Disable paper width detection when printing from computer
Even if the paper width identified by the printer during printing from the computer differs from the
paper width that was set for Paper Size in the print dialog box, this function disables the message
display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of the paper width during printing, check this check box.
3.
Apply the settings
3.
Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
141
background
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
This function gets the latest media information from the printer and updates the media information in the
printer driver.
When the media information is updated, the media displayed for Media Type on the Quality & Media
screen is updated to the latest information.
The procedure for updating media information is described below.
Update Media Information
1.
From the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 pop-up menu, select Media Information
1.
2.
Click Update Media Information
2.
A dialog appears.
3.
Check that the media information has updated
3.
By following the dialog instructions, check that the printer is on, and then click OK.
After checking whether or not the printer media information needs to be updated, a message will be
displayed.
If the printer media information is up to date, click OK and finish updating media information.
If the information needs to be updated, follow the below steps to do so:
4. Update media information4.
Check the message and click Update.
The printer driver media information will update.
When the authentication screen appears, enter the administrator's name and password, and then click
Install Helper.
Important
It may take some time to update the media information.
Do not change media information on the printer while you are updating media information on
the driver.
5.
Finish updating media information
5.
When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The media information will be updated.
Important
Restart the application or software you are printing from after updating media information.
142
background
Important
Ensure that a user with administrator privileges carries out the media information update.
Users other than administrators can check if a media information update is required, but cannot carry
out the update itself.
When you have added, deleted, or edited media using administrative tools (the Media Configuration
Tool) but have not updated the media information, issues may arise such as the inability to print.
Note
If the printer is being shared, Correct Media Information will display on the client machine.
143
background
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer
Used in Shared Environment)
The printer driver media information will be corrected.
Carrying out a media information correction will correct the configuration of the media information in the
printer driver.
The procedure for correcting media information is described below.
Correct Media Information
1.
From the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 pop-up menu, select Media Information
1.
2.
Click Correct Media Information
2.
After checking whether or not the printer driver's media information is correct, a message will be
displayed.
If the printer media information is set correctly, click OK and finish correcting media information.
If the information needs to be corrected, follow the below steps to do so:
3. Correct media information3.
When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer driver media information will be corrected.
When the authentication screen appears, enter the administrator's name and password, and then click
Install Helper.
4.
Complete media information correction
4.
When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The paper information will be corrected.
Important
Restart the application or software you are printing from after correcting media information.
Note
Media Information will only be displayed on the client machine in use when the printer is being
shared.
144
background
Reducing the Printer Noise
The quiet mode allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce the
operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
1. Select Printer settings from Remote UI1.
2.
Click Quiet setting
2.
3.
Set the quiet mode
3.
If necessary, specify one of the following items:
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.
Use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK.
The settings are enabled hereafter.
145
background
Handling Printer Configuration Using the Web Browser
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web Browser
Settings That Can Be Changed From the Browser
Setting Password
Generating Server Certificate
Not Accessible From Web Browser
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL/TLS
Communication (Remote UI)
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL Communication
146
background
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web
Browser
You can check the printer status and change the printer settings using the web browser on your
smartphone, tablet, or computer.
To check the printer status and to change the printer settings, display "Remote UI" on the web browser.
Note
Remote UI is a software that enables you to perform operations, which are usually performed on the•
printer's operation panel, using a Web browser.
You can use Remote UI on the following OS and the web browser.•
macOS device
OS: macOS Mojave 10.14.6 or later
Web browser: Safari 14.0 or later
Windows device
OS: Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 7 SP1 or later
Web browser: Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox
iOS/iPadOS device
OS: iOS 14.0 or later, iPadOS 14.0 or later
Web browser: standard installation browser
Android device
OS: Android 8.0 or later
Web browser: standard installation browser
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
Turning the Printer On and Off
2.
Launch "Remote UI".
2.
For Windows:
1. Start the application software on the Start menu.
1.
The application software starts up.
147
background
Note
If the application software is not installed, download it from the following•
page and install it on your computer.
Downloading the application software
2. Click Printer Management icon on the left side of the Home screen and2.
click Device Information at the bottom of the Printer Management menu.
3.
Click Open Remote UI in the lower center of the Device Information screen.
3.
148
background
"Remote UI" will be displayed on the web browser on your computer.
For macOS:
1.
Click the application software on the Dock.
1.
The application software starts up.
Note
See the screen of Windows version above.•
If the application software is not installed, download it from the following•
page and install it on your computer.
Downloading the application software
149
background
2. Click Printer Management icon on the left side of the Home screen and2.
click Device Information at the bottom of the Printer Management menu.
3. Click Open Remote UI in the lower center of the Device Information screen.3.
Note
See the screen of Windows version above.
"Remote UI" will be displayed on the web browser on your computer.
Note
You can launch "Remote UI" from your smartphone or tablet by installing .
Download it from App Store and Google Play.
For iOS device
For Android device
3. If you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, select3.
For secure communication.
Download the root certificate, and then register it.
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL/TLS Communication (Remote UI)
Note
Once you register the root certificate to the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or•
computer, this step is not necessary after the next time.
If all settings are set back to the default from the printer's operation panel, download the root
certificate again, and then register it.
If the root certificate is not registered, a message to warn you that the secure connection is not•
guaranteed may appear. In that case, ignore the warning and register the root certificate to the
web browser.
4.
Select Log in.
4.
The password authentication screen appears.
5.
Enter password.
5.
When the password authentication is complete, the menus that can be utilized are displayed on the
web browser.
Important
An administrator password is specified at the time of purchase.
Default Administrator Password
150
background
Some models require to change the initial administrator password when you use Remote UI for•
the first time. Control your changed password so that you don't forget it.
The administrator password consists of alphanumeric uppercase and lowercase. Set the•
password according to the password and security policies.
For details on setting the administrator password, see Setting Password.•
We recommend changing the initial administrator password.
6.
Check printer status and change printer settings.
6.
For changeable setting items, see below.
Settings That Can Be Changed From the Browser
7.
When you finish checking printer status and changing printer settings, select Log out.
7.
8.
Close web browser.
8.
Note
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
151
background
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for
SSL/TLS Communication (Remote UI)
If the printer's root certificate has not been registered to the web browser, a message to warn you that the
secure connection is not guaranteed may appear.
When you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, download the root
certificate, and then register it to the web browser. The secure connection will be confirmed and a message
will not appear. However, the message may appear depending on a web browser even after you have
registered the root certificate.
How to register the root certificate varies depending on the web browser.
For Chrome
For Safari
For Chrome on Android Device
For Mobile Safari on iOS Device
Operating procedure may differ depending on the version of your web browser. For other web browsers,
refer to each help.
Important
Make sure that you have accessed to the printer IP address correctly by checking the URL field of the•
web browser before registering the root certificate.
If the printer is connected via IPv6 using Windows, you need to generate a server certificate using•
Remote UI.
For details, see Generating Server Certificate.
For Chrome
1.
Select Remote UI > For secure communication > Download.
1.
Downloading the root certificate is started.
2. If Security Warning screen appears, select Open.2.
Certificate screen is displayed.
Note
To save the certificate file to your device and register it, select Save. Select Privacy and
security > Security > Manage certificates from Settings menu, click Import on Trusted Root
Certification Authorities tab of Certificates and register it.
3.
Select Install Certificate.
3.
Certificate Import Wizard screen is displayed.
4.
Select Next.
4.
152
background
5. Select Place all certificates in the following store.5.
6. Select Browse.6.
Select Certificate Store screen is displayed.
7. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities and OK.7.
8. Select Next on Certificate Import Wizard screen.8.
9.
If Completing the Certificate Import Wizard appears, select Finish.
9.
Security Warning screen is displayed.
10.
Make sure that thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint.
10.
For printer's thumbprint, check "Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)" column on the network information that was
printed when you check the printer's IP address.
11. If thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint, select Yes.11.
12.
Select OK on Certificate Import Wizard screen.
12.
The root certificate registration is completed.
For Safari
1. Select Remote UI > For secure communication > Download.1.
Downloading the root certificate is started.
2.
Open the downloaded file.
2.
Add Certificates screen is displayed.
3. Select Add.3.
4.
Make sure that thumbprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint.
4.
For printer's thumbprint, check "Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)" column on the network information that was
printed when you check the printer's IP address.
5.
If thumbprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint, select Always
5.
Trust.
The root certificate registration is completed.
Note
If a password is set on your device, entering a password may be required.
153
background
For Chrome on Android Device
1. Select Remote UI > For secure communication > Download.1.
Downloading the root certificate is started and then Name the certificate screen is displayed.
2. As entering the root certificate name is required, enter an arbitrary certificate name and2.
select OK.
The root certificate registration is completed.
Note
If PIN or password is not set as security type, the attention screen may appear. Select OK, and
then set the security type to PIN or password.
After Root Certificate Registration
We recommend that you make sure that the correct root certificate has been registered.
To make sure that the correct root certificate has been registered, make sure that thumbprint of
certificate information matches printer's thumbprint. Follow the steps below.
Note
Some Android devices cannot be checked the thumbprint of a registered route certificate.
1. From Settings menu on your device, select Security, Trust credentials, and USER.1.
The list of downloaded certificates appears.
2. Select downloaded certificate.2.
The certificate information appears.
3.
Make sure that thumbprint of certificate information matches printer's thumbprint.
3.
For printer's thumbprint, check "Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)" column on the network information that
was printed when you check the printer's IP address.
4.
If thumbprint of certificate information screen matches printer's thumbprint, select OK.
4.
The root certificate registration is completed.
If the message to warn you that the secure connection is not guaranteed appears when you select
Log in on Remote UI after registering the root certificate, restart the web browser. The message will
not appear on the web browser.
Note
Depending on the Android device, a warning may appear even after registering the proper root
certificate.
154
background
For Mobile Safari on iOS Device
1. Select Remote UI > For secure communication > Download.1.
Install Profile screen is displayed.
2. Select Install.2.
Warning screen is displayed.
Note
If a password is set on your device, entering a password may be required.
3.
Select Install.
3.
4.
Select Install on displayed dialog.
4.
The root certificate registration is completed.
Note
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
155
background
Settings That Can Be Changed From the Browser
Note
The items described here and the items displayed in the web browser may differ in the presence and•
order.
Items for Security
Security
This function allows you to specify the password, USB settings and SSL/TLS server settings of
certificate for encrypted communication. Depending on your printer, import/export of setting may be
specified.
For details on setting password, see Setting Password.
Items for Maintenance/Management
Utilities
This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning.
System info and LAN settings
This function allows you to check the system information and to change the LAN settings.
If you place a check mark of Enable HTTPS redirection in CHMP settings in Advanced setup in
LAN settings, authentication of the communication partner and communication data are redirected to
HTTPS communication for encryption.
Firmware update
This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information.
Language selection
This function allows you to change the language on the display.
Items for Printer
Printer settings
This function allows you to change the printer settings such as the quiet setting and energy saving
settings, and the print settings.
AirPrint settings
This function allows you to specify the AirPrint settings, such as position information.
Web service connection setup
This function allows you to register to Cloud Printing Center, or delete a registration.
Other Items
Printer status
This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount, the status, and detailed
error information.
156
background
You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page, and use Web Services.
Manual (Online)
This function displays the Online Manual.
157
background
Setting Password
Each of passwords for administrator and standard user can be set.
When logging on with password for administrator, all settings can be changed.
When logging on with password for standard user, some of the settings can be changed.
Setting Administrator Password
Setting Standard User Password
Note
Password can be set only when you are logged in administrator mode.•
The standard user password is disabled by default.•
Setting Administrator Password
Change the administrator password by following the steps below.
Important
The administrator password of the printer is set from the time of purchase.•
Default Administrator Password
1.
Start up Remote UI.
1.
2. Select Security.2.
3. Select Administrator password setting.3.
4. Select Change administrator password.4.
If an administrator password is not specified, the confirmation message appears. Confirm the
message and select Yes. When message appears again, confirm it and select OK.
5. Select range where administrator password is valid and select OK.5.
Remote UI and other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the Remote UI
or some software.
Operation panel/Remote UI/other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation
panel of the printer, the Remote UI, or some software.
6.
Enter password and select OK.
6.
Enter the password using 4 to 32 alphanumeric characters and symbols.
158
background
Important
From a security point of view, it is recommended to set the password of 8 characters or more in•
combination of alphanumeric characters and symbols.
7.
When completion message appears, select OK.
7.
Setting Standard User Password
For restricting the function for standard user, enable the standard user mode and set a standard user
password by following the steps below.
1.
Start up Remote UI.
1.
2.
Select Security.
2.
3.
Select Standard user mode settings.
3.
4. Confirm the message and select Yes.4.
5. Enter password and select OK.5.
Enter the password using 4 to 32 alphanumeric characters and symbols.
Important
From a security point of view, it is recommended to set the password of 8 characters or more in
combination of alphanumeric characters and symbols.
6. When completion message appears, select OK.6.
159
background
Generating Server Certificate
When you use SSL connection via IPv6 network, you need to generate an IPv6 server certificate using the
printer.
Generate the server certificate from Remote UI.
Follow the procedure below.
Step 1
Checking Printer's IP Address
Step 2
Generating Server Certificate
Step 3
Checking Generated Server Certificate
Important
If you generate an IPv6 server certificate, a warning message may appear if you are using Remote UI.•
To reset the IPv6 server certificate, select Security > TLS server settings > Delete key and
certificate in this order, and select OK on the displayed screen.
Checking Printer's IP Address
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select LAN settings on the HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Select the enabled LAN.3.
Diagonal lines are displayed for disabled LAN icons.
4. Check the value on IPv6 link-local address.4.
Write down the value on IPv6 link-local address for your reference when you generate a server
certificate.
Generating Server Certificate
1.
Start up Remote UI.
1.
2.
Select Security.
2.
3.
Select TLS server settings.
3.
4.
Select Generate key and certificate.
4.
160
background
5. Select Generate self-signed cert.5.
6. Specify each setting item.6.
Key algorithm
Specify the signature algorithm and key information.
Specify the expiration date.•
Enter the date you generated the server certificate on Valid from.
Enter the date the server certificate expires on Valid to.
Enter the common name.
On Common name, enter the IPv6 link-local address you checked in abbreviated form.
Note
When you enter the common name, add [ ] to each end of the abbreviation value of the
printer's IPv6 address.
Do not use a comma or make a space for the common name.
7.
Select Next.
7.
Enter Country, State or province, Locality, Organization and Organizational unit as required.
Enter the same information in Subject Alternative Names as in Common name.
8. Select Generate.8.
The server certificate starts to be generated.
When the server certificate has been generated, Generated a self-signed certificate. appears.
9. Select Restart LAN.9.
LAN will be restarted.
When LAN has been restarted, Printer status on Remote UI appears.
Note
If you cannot access to Remote UI after you restart LAN, reload your web browser.
Checking Generated Server Certificate
1.
Select Security on Remote UI.
1.
2.
Select TLS server settings.
2.
3.
Select Check key and certificate.
3.
161
background
Make sure the issuer of the root certificate is displayed on Issued by, and the value you entered is
displayed on Common name on Subject.
162
background
Not Accessible From Web Browser
Check 1
Are you using the latest OS and browser versions?
Older browsers are not supported. Use the OS and browser listed below.
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web Browser
Microsoft Edge (Chromium), Google Chrome, and Mozilla Firefox will be updated automatically. Use the latest
version of your browser.
Check 2
Check your TLS version.
If your browser version is only TLS 1.0 or TLS 1.1, enable TLS 1.2.
Alternatively, use Remote UI from another computer or smartphone to change the TLS minimum version setting
of the printer to TLS 1.0 or TLS 1.1.
If you change the TLS version to use Remote UI, it is recommended to change it back to TLS 1.2 for security
reasons.
Note
Unless notified otherwise by the network administrator, set maximum version to TLS1.3.
Check 3
Connect with Wireless Direct
Connecting to the printer via Wireless Direct allows you to connect to the printer without using a router, and to
use Remote UI without being affected by the network or server.
Important
If you enable Wireless Direct while connected to an EAP router with IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/
WPA3 Enterprise), the printer's Wi-Fi setting will be disabled and the printer disconnected from the
wireless router. When using IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), enable Administrator mode
to disable Wireless Direct connection.
Note
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
163
background
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for
SSL/TLS Communication (Remote UI)
If the printer's root certificate has not been registered to the web browser, a message to warn you that the
secure connection is not guaranteed may appear.
When you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, download the root
certificate, and then register it to the web browser. The secure connection will be confirmed and a message
will not appear. However, the message may appear depending on a web browser even after you have
registered the root certificate.
How to register the root certificate varies depending on the web browser.
For Chrome
For Safari
For Chrome on Android Device
For Mobile Safari on iOS Device
Operating procedure may differ depending on the version of your web browser. For other web browsers,
refer to each help.
Important
Make sure that you have accessed to the printer IP address correctly by checking the URL field of the•
web browser before registering the root certificate.
If the printer is connected via IPv6 using Windows, you need to generate a server certificate using•
Remote UI.
For details, see Generating Server Certificate.
For Chrome
1.
Select Remote UI > For secure communication > Download.
1.
Downloading the root certificate is started.
2. If Security Warning screen appears, select Open.2.
Certificate screen is displayed.
Note
To save the certificate file to your device and register it, select Save. Select Privacy and
security > Security > Manage certificates from Settings menu, click Import on Trusted Root
Certification Authorities tab of Certificates and register it.
3.
Select Install Certificate.
3.
Certificate Import Wizard screen is displayed.
4.
Select Next.
4.
164
background
5. Select Place all certificates in the following store.5.
6. Select Browse.6.
Select Certificate Store screen is displayed.
7. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities and OK.7.
8. Select Next on Certificate Import Wizard screen.8.
9.
If Completing the Certificate Import Wizard appears, select Finish.
9.
Security Warning screen is displayed.
10.
Make sure that thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint.
10.
For printer's thumbprint, check "Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)" column on the network information that was
printed when you check the printer's IP address.
11. If thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint, select Yes.11.
12.
Select OK on Certificate Import Wizard screen.
12.
The root certificate registration is completed.
For Safari
1. Select Remote UI > For secure communication > Download.1.
Downloading the root certificate is started.
2.
Open the downloaded file.
2.
Add Certificates screen is displayed.
3. Select Add.3.
4.
Make sure that thumbprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint.
4.
For printer's thumbprint, check "Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)" column on the network information that was
printed when you check the printer's IP address.
5.
If thumbprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint, select Always
5.
Trust.
The root certificate registration is completed.
Note
If a password is set on your device, entering a password may be required.
165
background
For Chrome on Android Device
1. Select Remote UI > For secure communication > Download.1.
Downloading the root certificate is started and then Name the certificate screen is displayed.
2. As entering the root certificate name is required, enter an arbitrary certificate name and2.
select OK.
The root certificate registration is completed.
Note
If PIN or password is not set as security type, the attention screen may appear. Select OK, and
then set the security type to PIN or password.
After Root Certificate Registration
We recommend that you make sure that the correct root certificate has been registered.
To make sure that the correct root certificate has been registered, make sure that thumbprint of
certificate information matches printer's thumbprint. Follow the steps below.
Note
Some Android devices cannot be checked the thumbprint of a registered route certificate.
1. From Settings menu on your device, select Security, Trust credentials, and USER.1.
The list of downloaded certificates appears.
2. Select downloaded certificate.2.
The certificate information appears.
3.
Make sure that thumbprint of certificate information matches printer's thumbprint.
3.
For printer's thumbprint, check "Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256)" column on the network information that
was printed when you check the printer's IP address.
4.
If thumbprint of certificate information screen matches printer's thumbprint, select OK.
4.
The root certificate registration is completed.
If the message to warn you that the secure connection is not guaranteed appears when you select
Log in on Remote UI after registering the root certificate, restart the web browser. The message will
not appear on the web browser.
Note
Depending on the Android device, a warning may appear even after registering the proper root
certificate.
166
background
For Mobile Safari on iOS Device
1. Select Remote UI > For secure communication > Download.1.
Install Profile screen is displayed.
2. Select Install.2.
Warning screen is displayed.
Note
If a password is set on your device, entering a password may be required.
3.
Select Install.
3.
4.
Select Install on displayed dialog.
4.
The root certificate registration is completed.
Note
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
167
background
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for
SSL Communication
To print from your computer or use Device Management Console and so on, when you connect the printer
to a computer using SSL encrypted communication, you need to register (import) the printer's root certificate
to your computer.
Procedure to register the certificate varies depending on your operation environment.
Important
If the printer is connected via IPv6 using Windows, you need to generate a server certificate using•
Remote UI.
For details, see Generating Server Certificate.
For Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1
For Windows 7
For macOS
Operation procedure may differ depending on your OS version.
For Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1
The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1.
1.
Start up Remote UI.
1.
2. Select For secure communication.2.
3. Select Download.3.
The root certificate will be downloaded.
4. When download confirmation screen is displayed, select Open.4.
The Certificate screen appears.
5.
Select Install Certificate.
5.
The Certificate Import Wizard screen appears.
6.
Select Local Machine.
6.
1. Select Local Machine on the startup screen of Certificate Import Wizard.1.
168
background
2. Select Next.2.
3. Select Yes on the displayed screen.3.
The Certificate Store screen appears.
7.
Select Place all certificates in the following store.
7.
8.
Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities.
8.
1. Select Browse to open the Select Certificate Store screen.1.
2. Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities from the list and select OK.2.
3. Select Next on the Certificate Store screen.3.
9.
Select Finish.
9.
When the Completing the Certificate Import Wizard screen appears, check the settings and select
Finish.
For Windows 7
The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in Windows 7.
Important
Be sure to create a certificate snap-in before importing a root certificate.•
169
background
The root certificate will be registered to the local user if you import it without creating a certificate
snap-in.
Creating Certificate Snap-in
1. Start up Microsoft Management Console.1.
Enter MMC on Search programs and files in the Start menu and press the Enter key.
2.
Select Yes on displayed screen.
2.
3.
Select Add/Remove Snap-in from File menu.
3.
The Add or Remove Snap-ins screen appears.
4.
Add Certificate snap-in.
4.
1.
Select Certificates from Available snap-ins list and select Add.
1.
2.
Select Computer account for This snap-in will always manage certificates for on the Certificates
2.
snap-in screen and select Next.
3.
Select Local computer on the Select computer screen and select Finish.
3.
4. Select OK on the Add or Remove Snap-ins screen.4.
Downloading Certificate
1.
Start up Remote UI.
1.
2.
Select For secure communication.
2.
3.
Select Download.
3.
170
background
4. Select Save.4.
Importing Certificate
1. Open Certificate Import Wizard.1.
1.
On the left window, open Trusted Root Certificate from Certificate on Console Root.
1.
2.
Right-click Certificates and select Import from All tasks.
2.
2.
Specify certificate file to import.
2.
1. Select Next.1.
2. Specify the certificate file to import on File name and select Next.2.
3.
Specify certificate store.
3.
1. Select Place all certificates in the following store.1.
2. Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities for Certificates Store.2.
4. Finish certificate import wizard.4.
1.
Select Next and check the specified settings.
1.
2.
Select Finish to finish the wizard.
2.
3.
Select OK on the displayed screen.
3.
Checking Imported Certificate
Make sure the imported certificate has been registered to your computer.
1. Display certificate list.1.
On the left window of Microsoft Management Console, select Console Root > Certificates (Local
Computer) > Trusted Root Certificate Authorities in this order, and select Certificates to display
the certificate list.
2.
Check registered certificate.
2.
Make sure the imported certificate name is displayed on the list.
Note
Make sure you can see the registered certificate from Current user by creating the Current
user snap-in.
171
background
Note
When you finish Microsoft Management Console, a message asking you whether to save the console•
setting. If you continue to apply the same settings next, select Yes to save.
For macOS
The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in macOS.
1.
Start up Remote UI.
1.
2.
Select For secure communication.
2.
3.
Select Download.
3.
The root certificate will be downloaded.
4.
Open downloaded certificate file.
4.
When the download procedure is completed, a downloaded item pops up on the right of the screen.
Double-click the downloaded certificate on the list starts up Keychain Access and the Add
Certificates screen appears.
Note
If the downloaded item does not pop up, select the Show Downloads button on the
right.
Selecting the magnifying glass icon on the right of download list displays the folder containing•
the certificate.
5. Select Add.5.
Select the destination for the certificate on Keychain.
Selecting Add displays information on the certificate.
Note
You can add the certificate by selecting the same certificate on Keychain Access. Check the
name of certification to add after selecting View Certificates.
6.
Check certificate.
6.
Make sure the fingerprint of certificate shown on Details corresponds with the root certificate
thumbprint of the printer.
To display the printer's root certificate thumbprint in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256), select
Printer information on the HOME screen of the operation
panel, and then select System information.
172
background
7. Select Always Trust.7.
If the fingerprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint, display information on
certificate from the menu or by double-clicking the certificate, and select Always Trust on Trust.
The root certificate has been registered.
Note
Entering the password may be required if you specify it for your printer.•
173
background
Network Setting
Connecting to a Printer
Advantages of Connecting Printer over Wi-Fi
Advantages of Connecting Printer via Wired LAN
What Is Ethernet Cable?
What Is USB Cable?
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Sharing the Printer on a Network (Windows)
Setting Up a Shared Printer
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS)
Settings on Print Server
Settings on Client PC
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
174
background
Sharing the Printer on a Network (Windows)
When computers are used in a network environment, documents can be printed from multiple computers
that share a single printer.
Setting Up a Shared Printer•
This section describes how to set up the print server and the client.
Note
The Windows versions of the computers connected to the network do not necessarily have to be the
same.
Related Topic
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
175
background
Setting Up a Shared Printer
On the print server, set up sharing of the printer driver. Then from the client, set up the connection to the
print server.
1. Install the printer driver on the print server system1.
2.
Display the Devices and Printers window
2.
Select the Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound (Hardware) -> Devices and Printers.
The Devices and Printers window is displayed.
3.
Click the icon for the model name of printer to be shared
3.
Press the Alt key, and from the displayed File menu, select Printer properties -> Sharing tab.
Important
When starting up the software and performing install or uninstall, a confirmation or warning dialog
box may appear.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an
administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
4.
Set sharing
4.
On the Sharing tab, check (or select) Share this printer, set the shared name as necessary, and then
click OK.
5. If the print server and the client have different architectures (32 bit or 64 bit), install an5.
additional driver
1. Display the Devices and Printers, Printers, or Printers and Faxes window.1.
2. Select the printer icon, click Print server properties, and select the Drivers tab.2.
3. Click Add....3.
4. When the Add Printer Driver Wizard window is displayed, click Next.4.
5. If the print server has a 32-bit architecture, select x64. If the print server has a 64-bit5.
architecture, select x86. Then click Next.
6. Click Have Disk....6.
7. In the Install From Disk window, open the "Driver" folder of the downloaded printer driver,7.
specify the "inf" file, and click OK.
176
background
Note
If the printer server is 32-bit, specify it as "xxxxxxx3.INF". If it is 64-bit, specify it as "xxxxxxx6.INF".
8. Select the printer to be used, and click Next.8.
Note
If an error message is displayed, select the other printer.
9.
Click Finish
9.
The setup on the print server system is complete. Next, set up the client systems.
6.
On the client, open Explorer, and double-click the icon of the printer to be shared
6.
7.
Follow the window instructions, and install the printer driver
7.
The setup on the client system is complete.
Even when you perform the setup on a different client, follow the same steps 6 and 7.
177
background
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
These are restrictions that apply when you are using a printer in a network environment. Check the
restrictions for the environment you are using.
Restriction on setting up printer sharing
If "ntprint.inf" is requested when you install the driver from Add Printer, specify the file as follows:
1. Start Explorer on the print server and on the client with the different architecture, paste the
following path in the address bar, and press Enter on the keyboard:
%windir%\system32\driverstore\
2. Right-click the FileRepository folder, and click Properties.
3. On the Sharing tab, click Share.
4. In the message window displayed on the print server, specify "ntprint.inf_xxxxxxxx" in the folder
that was shared in step 3, and click OK.
If there are multiples copies, select the file with the latest update date and time.
Restrictions on sharing and using a printer
A print completion message may be displayed. To disable the message display, follow the procedure
below.
1. In the Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound (Hardware) -> Devices and Printers window of1.
the client system, select the printer, and click Print server properties on the command bar.
2. Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced tab, and
then restart the computer.
The bi-directional communication function is disabled and the correct printer status may not be
recognized.
If a client user opens the printer driver properties and then clicks OK with the Enable bidirectional
support check box cleared on the Ports tab, the bidirectional communication function of the print
server may also be disabled.
In this case, check Enable bidirectional support check box on both the print server system and the
client system.
When you print from a client system, you cannot use Canon IJ Preview.
When the functions on the Maintenance tab cannot be set properly from a client system, they may be
grayed out. In this case, change the settings from the print server.
When you change the settings of the print server, you should delete the icon of the shared printer
from the client system, and then specify the shared settings again in the client system.
If the same driver installed on the print server is also installed on the client, the network printer icon
may be created automatically.
If an error occurs when you print a document on a shared printer from a client, the error message
of the Canon IJ status monitor is displayed on both the client and the print server. If a document is
printed out normally, the Canon IJ status monitor is displayed only on the client.
178
background
Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS)
When multiple computers are being used in the network environment, you can share the printer connected
to one computer with the other computers.
Before carrying out the setup for printer sharing, select Network from System Settings, and check whether
the network settings have been set.
This section describes the procedure for sharing a printer among Mac.
Settings on Print Server•
This section describes how to set up a computer that connects with this printer.
Settings on Client PC•
This section describes the procedure for setting a computer that uses this printer though a network.
When you execute print, the data is sent to the printer through the print server system.
Related Topic
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
179
background
Settings on Print Server
When you use the printer on a network, set up the printer driver for sharing on the print server system.
The procedure for setting up the print server systems is as follows:
1. Install the printer driver on the print server system1.
2.
Check that the printer to be used has been added
2.
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners.
The printer list displays the printers that are connected to the computer.
3.
Set sharing
3.
Turn on Share this printer on the network.
Note
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be
displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
The setup on the print server system is complete. Next, set up the client systems.
180
background
Settings on Client PC
After setting up the print server system, set up the client system.
The procedure for setting up the client systems is as follows:
1. Install the printer driver on the client systems1.
2.
Display the printer list
2.
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners.
Click Add Printer, Scanner or Fax... to display the printer list.
3.
Add a printer to be shared
3.
Select a shared printer displayed in the printer list, and then click Add.
The setup on the client systems is now completed.
Note
The print procedures are the same as when the computer is connected directly to the printer with a USB
cable.
At the Page Setup dialog, select the printer that is connected to the print server to be used.
181
background
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
These are restrictions that apply when you are using a printer in a network environment.
Install the same version of the printer driver in the print server system and the client systems. You can
download the latest printer driver from our web site.
Use printer sharing with users who have the administrator privilege.
Depending on how the computer is connected with the printer, the computer may not be able to access
the function information that was set on the printer and display the correct settings.
Media information on the printer driver cannot be changed when using a client machine.
182
background
Maintenance
Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Maintenance Procedure
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Replacing Consumables
Replacing Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Level
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Printer Exterior
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Performing Bottom Plate Cleaning
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows)
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
Cleaning the Print Heads
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool Description
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS)
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Cleaning the Print Heads
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Other Maintenance
183
background
Transporting Your Printer
184
background
Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Maintenance Procedure
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
185
background
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink•
tank.
Note
Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.•
Check the ink status.•
Checking Ink Level
Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.•
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab) (Windows)
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (macOS)
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step 1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
From the computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern (Windows)
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern (macOS)
Step 2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
186
background
If there are missing lines or horizontal streaks in the pattern:
Step 3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
Cleaning the Print Heads (Windows)
Cleaning the Print Heads (macOS)
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step 1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step 4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
Cleaning the Print Heads (Windows)
Cleaning the Print Heads (macOS)
Note
When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off•
the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours. If the problem is still not resolved, the
print head may be damaged. Contact Canon to request a repair.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
187
background
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink•
tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the top feed.
2.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
3. Select Maintenance on HOME screen.3.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4.
Select Nozzle Check.
4.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5.
Select Yes.
5.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and the pattern confirmation screen will appear on the LCD.
6.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
6.
188
background
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern.1.
A: No missing lines
B: Lines are missing
2.
Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
2.
screen.
For A (no missing lines) in the pattern:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.
For B (lines are missing) in the pattern:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
Select an ink group containing missing lines to perform cleaning.
Cleaning the Print Head
189
background
If any color in the pattern is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
Select an ink group that is not printed to perform cleaning.
Cleaning the Print Head
190
background
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the top feed.
2.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
3.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
3.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4.
Select Print Head Cleaning.
4.
The Print Head Cleaning screen will appear.
5. Select Cleaning.5.
The Cleaning screen will appear.
6.
Select ink group to be cleaned.
6.
191
background
All colors
Pattern 1: PC / M / Y / PM•
Pattern 2: C / BK / LGY / GY
The confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.7.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
8.
Select Yes.
8.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
9.
Note
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.•
192
background
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the top feed.
2.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
3.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
3.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4.
Select Print Head Cleaning.
4.
The Print Head Cleaning screen will appear.
5. Select Deep Cleaning.5.
The Deep Cleaning screen will appear.
6.
Select ink group to be cleaned.
6.
193
background
All colors
Pattern 1: PC / M / Y / PM•
Pattern 2: C / BK / LGY / GY
The confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.7.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 minute.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
8.
Select Yes.
8.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
9.
10. Examine the nozzle check pattern.10.
If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact Canon to request a repair.
194
background
Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
195
background
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
We recommend using the same type of paper for print head alignment as for printing.•
If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.•
Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
3. Select Print Head Alignment.3.
The Print Head Alignment screen will appear.
4.
Select Auto.
4.
The confirmation screen will appear.
196
background
5. Select Yes.5.
The media type selection screen appears.
6. Select paper to use.6.
7. Load the prepared paper in the paper source specified in the message.7.
If the paper source is the manual feed tray, load one sheet of paper at a time.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
8.
Select OK.
8.
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
This takes about 2 to 3 minutes.
9.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
9.
Note
If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,•
align the print head manually.
197
background
Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Try aligning the print head manually after automatic print head alignment if printing results are not as
expected, as when printed ruled lines are misaligned.
Note
We recommend using the same type of paper for print head alignment as for printing.•
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
3. Select Print Head Alignment.3.
The Print Head Alignment screen will appear.
4. Select Manual.4.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5.
Select Yes.
5.
The media type selection screen appears.
198
background
6. Select paper to use.6.
7. Load the prepared paper in the paper source specified in the message.7.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
8.
Select OK.
8.
The print head alignment pattern will be printed.
9.
When Did the patterns print correctly? appears, make sure pattern was printed correctly,
9.
and if so, select Yes.
10.
Check message and select Next.
10.
The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed.
11.
Look at the pattern and select the number of the pattern in each column that has straight
11.
lines.
199
background
Note
Look at the pattern and pick the setting that produces the least warped vertical straight lines.•
A: Vertical straight lines
B: Warped vertical straight lines
12.
Repeat this procedure until you finish inputting a pattern number in all columns, select OK.
12.
13.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
13.
200
background
Replacing Consumables
Replacing Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Level
201
background
Replacing Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the error.
In this state, the printer cannot print. Take appropriate action according to the message.
When Error Occurred
Note
For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks.•
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Open the top cover (A).
2.
The print head holder moves to the replacement position.
Caution
Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder•
until it stops completely.
Important
Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
3.
Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.
3.
Push the tab (B) and lift the ink tank to remove.
202
background
Important
Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
4.
Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape (C) completely, then
4.
remove the protective film (D) completely.
Important
If the orange tape remains on the L-shape air hole (E), ink may splash or the printer may not
print properly.
5.
Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (F) pointing up while being careful not to
5.
block the L-shape air hole (E).
203
background
6.
Twist the orange protective cap (F) 90 degrees horizontally to remove it off GENTLY.
6.
204
background
Important
Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the L-shape air•
hole (E) blocked, ink may splash.
Do not touch the inside of the protective cap (F) or the open ink port (G). The ink may stain your•
hands if you touch them.
7.
Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.
7.
Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.
8.
Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
8.
Important
You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in
the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.
You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.
9.
Close the top cover.
9.
205
background
Notes on ink tanks
Important
Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.•
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink
tank properly.
Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.•
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-•
white printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
206
background
Checking Ink Level
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Select the ink status display area on the HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Check the ink status.3.
A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
Ink has run out. Replace the ink tank with a new ink tank.
This appears when remaining ink level is not known.
Note
The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
To access the ink purchasing site, select Order ink now on this screen and display the QR code.
Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
Selecting Ink model no. displays the Ink model number screen for checking ink tank numbers.
You can check the ink status on the computer screen.
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer (Windows)
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer (macOS)
207
background
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Printer Exterior
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Performing Bottom Plate Cleaning
208
background
Cleaning the Printer Exterior
Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently.
Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning.
Important
Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.•
Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not•
to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the printer and cause
problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.
Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzine, acetone, or any other chemical cleaner to clean the•
printer, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the printer.
209
background
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this
case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when
necessary.
You need to prepare:
For the top feed: three sheets of A4 or Letter size plain paper
For the manual feed tray: a single sheet of A4 or Letter size plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
3. Select Roller Cleaning.3.
The confirmation screen will appear.
4. Select Yes.4.
5.
Select paper source (Top feed or Manual tray) for paper feed roller cleaning.
5.
If Manual tray is selected, go to step 8.
6.
Select No wiping.
6.
210
background
7.
Remove any paper in top feed and press OK button.
7.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
When the paper feed roller stops rotating, the cleaning is complete.
8.
Follow the message to load A4 or Letter size plain paper in the paper source you selected
8.
in step 5.
Load three sheets of paper in the top feed or a single sheet of paper in the manual feed tray.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
9. Select OK.9.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
10. When the completion message appears, select OK.10.
Note
If the problem is not resolved after performing the paper feed roller cleaning with No wiping, wipe the•
paper feed roller with a damp cloth.
Wiping Paper Feed Rollers with Damp Cloth
Wiping Paper Feed Rollers with Damp Cloth
1.
Select Wipe with cloth on Roller Cleaning screen.
1.
211
background
2. Check message and select OK.2.
3. Remove any paper in top feed and press OK button.3.
4. Press ON button.4.
5. Make sure ON lamp is turned off and wipe paper feed roller with damp cloth.5.
Wipe the paper feed roller (A) in the top feed with a moistened cloth or other materials. Do not touch
the paper feed roller with your fingers, wipe it as rotating the shaft (B) with your fingers.
Note
If the shaft is not rotated, turn off the printer and turn it on again.
6.
After wiping with damp cloth, press ON button.
6.
7.
Perform paper feed roller cleaning (No wiping) again.
7.
Note
If printing data is sent to the printer when performing the paper feed roller cleaning with Wipe with
cloth, the auto power on setting is disabled even if it is set to be automatically turned on.
In this case, set the printer to be automatically turned on again.
From the printer
Energy saving settings
212
background
From the computer
Managing the Printer Power (Windows)
Managing the Printer Power (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact Canon to request a repair.
213
background
Performing Bottom Plate Cleaning
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
3.
Select Bottom Plate Cleaning.
3.
The confirmation screen will appear.
4. Select Yes.4.
5. Follow the message to remove any paper from the top feed, then select OK.5.
6.
Fold A4 or Letter-sized plain paper so that short side is in thirds, unfold paper, then select
6.
OK.
7.
Load this sheet of paper sideways in the top feed with the open side facing you.
7.
214
background
8.
Select OK.
8.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
9. When the completion message appears, select OK.9.
Note
When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.•
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.•
215
background
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer
(Windows)
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
Cleaning the Print Heads
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool Description
216
background
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant
Tool)
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is an application software to perform printer maintenance or change the
settings of the printer.
When printer driver is installed, Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is also installed.
To install only Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, access the Canon web site and download the software.
Note
For details on installing the Driver, see "Installing the Driver."
How to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool can be started in the following ways.
Click Maintenance and Preferences icon in the Maintenance tab of the printer driver.
From Windows Start menu, click (All apps, Apps, or All Programs ->) Canon Utilities -> IJ Printer
Assistant Tool.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
217
background
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
218
background
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Click Cleaning
2.
When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which Cleaning is to be
performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Cleaning.
3. Perform Cleaning3.
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Print Head Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Cleaning
4.
Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed.
The Nozzle Check dialog box will open.
5.
Check the results
5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
219
background
2. Click Deep Cleaning2.
When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which Deep Cleaning is to be
performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Deep Cleaning.
3. Perform Deep Cleaning3.
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Deep Cleaning
4.
Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed.
The Nozzle Check dialog box will open.
5.
Check the results
5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
Important
Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
220
background
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
The Nozzle Check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a
Nozzle Check pattern. Print the pattern if printing results are not satisfactory, or if a specific color fails to
print.
Nozzle Check
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Click Nozzle Check
2.
The Nozzle Check dialog box opens.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the Nozzle Check
pattern.
3. Load paper in the printer3.
Load one sheet of A4 size plain paper into the top feed.
4.
Print a Nozzle Check pattern
4.
Check that the printer is on and then click Print Check Pattern.
The Nozzle Check pattern will be printed.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The Pattern Check dialog box opens.
5. Check the print result5.
Check the print result. If the print result is normal, click Exit.
If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to clean the print
head.
Related Topic
Cleaning the Print Heads
221
background
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool Description
The Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the
printer.
Cleaning
Performs print head Cleaning.
The print head Cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Deep Cleaning
Performs Deep Cleaning.
Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
Note
Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning
only when necessary.
222
background
Ink Group
When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning, the Ink Group window is displayed.
Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you perform Cleaning
or Deep Cleaning.
Nozzle Check
Prints a Nozzle Check pattern.
Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a Nozzle Check
pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly.
If the print result for a specific color is faint, or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to
clean the print head.
To display a list of items that you should check before printing the Nozzle Check pattern, click Initial
Check Items.
Print Check Pattern
This function prints a pattern that allows you to check whether the any of the ink nozzles are
clogged.
Click Print Check Pattern. When the confirmation message is displayed, click OK. The Pattern
Check dialog box is then displayed.
Left-side bitmap (good)
The print head nozzles are not clogged.
Right-side bitmap (bad)
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Exit
Closes the Pattern Check dialog box.
Cleaning
Performs print head Cleaning.
Print head Cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles.
Perform Cleaning when printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print, even though
all ink levels are sufficiently high.
Power Off
Turns off the printer from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Perform this function to turn off the printer when you cannot press the ON button (POWER button) on
the printer because the printer is out of your reach.
You must press the ON button (POWER button) on the printer to turn the printer on again after clicking
this button. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the Canon IJ
Printer Assistant Tool.
223
background
Auto Power
Opens the Auto Power Settings dialog box.
Specify settings for operating the printer power automatically. Perform this function if you want to
change the auto power settings.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Quiet Settings
Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer.
This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern, such when
printing at night. Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Other Settings
Opens the Other Settings dialog box.
Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
Open Remote UI
You can perform printer maintenance and settings in this menu.
Initial Check Items (Cleaning / Deep Cleaning)
Before running Cleaning or Deep Cleaning, check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the
printer.
Check the following items for each ink.
Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank.
Check that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound.
224
background
If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions.
Initial Check Items (Nozzle Check)
Before running Nozzle Check, check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the printer.
Check the following items for each ink.
Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank.
Check that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound.
If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions.
Auto Power Settings dialog box
When you click Auto Power, the Auto Power Settings dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Auto Power On
Selects the auto power-on setting.
Specify Disable to prevent the printer from turning on automatically when print data is sent to it.
Check that the printer is on and then click OK to change the printer settings.
Specify Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it.
Auto Power Off
Select the time that you want to set from the list. If a printer driver operation or a printer operation is
not performed within the selected time, the printer turns off.
Note
Enabling auto power on, disabling auto power off, or extending the time for auto power off will
increase power consumption.
Quiet Settings dialog box
When you click Quiet Settings, the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer.
Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period
of time.
225
background
Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If both are set to the
same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Important
You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer, or the Canon IJ Printer Assistant
Tool.
No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from
the operation panel of the printer or printing from the computer.
Other Settings dialog box
When you click Other Settings, the Other Settings dialog box is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Detects compatible media in the multi-purpose tray
Detects whether compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray during printing using the
multi-purpose tray, and displays a message if compatible media is not loaded.
Uncheck this check box to print without detecting whether compatible media is loaded.
Important
If you leave this check box unchecked, the printer may print to the multi-purpose tray even
if compatible media is not loaded on the multi-purpose tray. Therefore, you should check this
check box under normal circumstances.
If you load compatible media that has already been printed onto the multi-purpose tray, the
printer may detect that no compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray. In this case,
uncheck this check box.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
226
background
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer
(macOS)
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Cleaning the Print Heads
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
227
background
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
2.
3.
Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
3.
Remote UI starts.
Note
The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, see "Password and Cookie."
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
228
background
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Cleaning
2.
Before performing Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
Is there ink remaining?
Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Cleaning3.
Click Yes.
Print head Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Cleaning
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
229
background
2. Click Deep Cleaning2.
Before performing Deep Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep Cleaning.
Is there ink remaining?
Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3.
Perform Deep Cleaning
3.
Click Yes.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Deep Cleaning
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
Note
If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, the ink may have run out or
the print head may be worn. For details on the remedial action to be taken, see "Ink Does Not Come
Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
230
background
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.
If you select Printer status from Remote UI, the ink status appears as an illustration.
Estimated ink levels
You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.
Ink model number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Note
Ink status can also be checked in Supply Levels under Printer Info of the print dialog.
231
background
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
The Nozzle Check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a
Nozzle Check pattern. Print the pattern if printing results are not satisfactory, or if a specific color fails to
print.
Nozzle Check
1.
Selecting Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Nozzle Check
2.
The confirmation message appears.
Before printing the Nozzle Check pattern, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Nozzle Check.
Is there ink remaining?
Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3.
Load paper in the printer
3.
Load one sheet of A4 size plain paper into the top feed.
4. Print a Nozzle Check pattern4.
Click Yes.
Printing of the Nozzle Check pattern begins.
5. Check the print result5.
When the dialog opens, check the print result. If the print result is normal, click All A.
If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections, click Also B to clean the print
head.
Related Topic
Cleaning the Print Heads
232
background
Other Maintenance
Transporting Your Printer
233
background
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.
Important
Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient•
protective material to ensure safe transport.
With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.•
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so•
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to•
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.1.
2. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.2.
Important
Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or•
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3.
Retract trays.
3.
4.
Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
4.
cord from the printer.
5.
Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
5.
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
6.
Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
6.
234
background
Printer Information
Safety
Handling Precautions
Specifications
235
background
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE
236
background
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.•
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
Users with cardiac pacemakers:•
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
Do not use the printer in the following cases:•
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord or other cables by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively
bending them.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids
such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
Do not touch the metal parts of the print head immediately after printing.
Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
237
background
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the ink tanks. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
Do not throw print heads or ink tanks in the fire.
238
background
Regulatory Information
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10619 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30387)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and
meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines as this equipment has very low levels of RF
energy. But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or
more away from person's body.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
239
background
Users in Europe
Product Information for the requirement of COMMISSION REGULATION (EU)
The power consumption in Off Mode or network standby and the transition time to Off or network
standby are as follows:
https://www.canon-europe.com/consumer/lot26/
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
240
background
WEEE
Only for the United Kingdom
These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the UK Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations and the UK Batteries and Accumulators
Regulations. If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, in accordance with the
UK Batteries and Accumulators Regulations, this indicates that a heavy metal (Hg = Mercury, Cd =
Cadmium, Pb = Lead) is present in this battery or accumulator at a concentration above an applicable
threshold specified in the UK Batteries and Accumulators Regulations. This product should be handed
over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar
product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE)
and batteries and accumulators. Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on
the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated
with EEE. Your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about the recycling of this product, please contact your local city
office, waste authority, approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www.canon-
europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU), the Battery Regulation ((EU) 2023/1542) and/or national legislations
implementing those Directive and Regulation.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, in accordance with the Battery
Regulation, this indicates that a heavy metal (Pb = Lead) is present in this battery at a concentration
above an applicable threshold specified in the Battery Regulation.
This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one
basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical
and electronic equipment (EEE) and batteries. Improper handling of this type of waste could have a
possible impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are
generally associated with EEE. Your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to
the effective usage of natural resources.
For more information about the recycling of this product, please contact your local city office, waste
authority, approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www.canon-europe.com/
sustainability/approach/.
241
background
Nur für die Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Diese Symbole weisen darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß WEEE-Richtlinie (2012/19/EU) (Richtlinie
über Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräte), Batterienverordnung (EU) 2023/1542 und nationalen Gesetzen
zur Umsetzung dieser Richtlinie und Verordnung nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden darf.
Falls sich unter dem oben abgebildeten Symbol ein chemisches Symbol befindet, bedeutet dies gemäß
der Batterieverordnung, dass in dieser Batterie ein Schwermetall (Pb = Blei) in einer Konzentration
vorhanden ist, die über einem in der Verordnung angegebenen Grenzwert liegt.
Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies kann
z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines neuen ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer
autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten sowie
Batterien geschehen. Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potenziell gefährlicher
Stoffe, die generell mit Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen
auf die Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit haben.
Durch Ihre Mitarbeit bei der umweltgerechten Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie zu einer effektiven
Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei.
Um weitere Informationen über die Wiederverwertung dieses Produkts zu erhalten, wenden Sie sich
an Ihre Stadtverwaltung, den öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, eine autorisierte Stelle für die
Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihr örtliches Entsorgungsunternehmen oder
besuchen Sie
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Zusatzinformationen für Deutschland:
Dieses Produkt kann durch Rückgabe an den Händler, unter den in der Verordnung des Elektro- und
Elektronikgerätegesetzes beschriebenen Bedingungen abgegeben werden.
Als Endbenutzer und Besitzer von Elektro- oder Elektronikgeräten sind Sie verpflichtet:
diese einer vom unsortierten Siedlungsabfall getrennten Erfassung zuzuführen,
Altbatterien und Altakkumulatoren, die nicht von Altgerät umschlossen sind, sowie Lampen,
die zerstörungsfrei aus dem Altgerät entnommen werden können, vor der Abgabe an einer
Erfassungsstelle vom Altgerät zerstörungsfrei zu trennen,
personenbezogene Daten auf den Altgeräten vor der Entsorgung zu löschen.
Die Bedeutung des Symbols der durchgestrichenen Abfalltonne auf Rädern finden Sie oben in dieser
Beschreibung.
Die Vertreiber von Elektro- oder Elektronikgeräten haben die Pflicht zur unentgeltlichen Rücknahme
von Altgeräten. Die Vertreiber haben die Endnutzer über die von ihnen geschaffenen Möglichkeiten der
Rückgabe von Altgeräten zu informieren.
242
background
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
Ces symboles indiquent que ce produit ne doit pas être mis au rebut avec les ordures ménagères, comme
le spécifient la Directive européenne DEEE (2012/19/UE), la législation européenne relative à l'élimination
des piles usagés ((EU) 2023/1542) et les lois en vigueur dans votre pays appliquant ces directives et
législations.
Si un symbole de toxicité chimique est imprimé sous le symbole illustré ci-dessus conformément à la
législation relative aux piles, il indique la présence d'un métal lourd (Pb = plomb) dans la pile à une
concentration supérieure au seuil applicable spécifié par la législation.
Ce produit doit être confié au distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire,
ou à un point de collecte mis en place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des
Équipements Électriques et Électroniques (DEEE) et piles. Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de
déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence
de substances potentiellement dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et
électroniques.
Votre entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une
meilleure utilisation des ressources naturelles.
Pour plus d'informations sur le recyclage de ce produit, contactez vos services municipaux, votre éco-
organisme ou les autorités locales compétentes, ou consultez le site
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Met deze symbolen wordt aangegeven dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn
(2012/19/EU), de wetgeving ((EU) 2023/1542) betreffende batterijen en/of de plaatselijk geldende
wetgevingen waarin deze richtlijnen en wetgevingen zijn geïmplementeerd, niet bij het normale huisvuil
mag worden weggegooid.
Indien onder het hierboven getoonde symbool een chemisch symbool gedrukt staat, geeft dit in
overeenstemming met de wetgeving betreffende batterijen aan dat deze batterij een zwaar metaal
bevat (Pb = lood) waarvan de concentratie de toepasselijke drempelwaarde in overeenstemming met
de genoemde richtlijn overschrijdt.
Dit product dient te worden ingeleverd bij een hiervoor aangewezen inzamelpunt, bijv. door dit in te
leveren bij een hiertoe erkend verkooppunt bij aankoop van een gelijksoortig product, of bij een officiële
inzameldienst voor de recycling van elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA) en batterijen. Door
de potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die gewoonlijk gepaard gaan met EEA, kan onjuiste verwerking van
dit type afval mogelijk nadelige gevolgen hebben voor het milieu en de menselijke gezondheid. Uw
medewerking bij het op juiste wijze weggooien van dit product draagt bij tot effectief gebruik van
natuurlijke hulpbronnen.
Voor verdere informatie over recycling van dit product kunt u contact opnemen met uw plaatselijke
243
background
gemeente, afvaldienst, officiële dienst voor klein chemisch afval of afvalstortplaats, of kunt u terecht op
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Estos iconos indican que este producto no debe desecharse con los residuos domésticos de acuerdo con
la Directiva sobre RAEE (2012/19/UE) y el Reglamento (UE) 2023/1542 relativo a las pilas y baterías y
sus residuos y/o la legislación nacional que transponen e implementan dicha.
Si aparece un símbolo químico bajo este icono, de acuerdo con el Reglamento sobre Pilas y baterías,
significa que la pila contiene metales pesados (Pb = Plomo) en una concentración superior al límite
especificado en dicho Reglamento.
Este producto deberá entregarse en un punto de recogida designado, por ejemplo, entregándolo en
el lugar de venta al adquirir un producto nuevo similar o en un centro autorizado para la recogida de
residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE) y baterías. La gestión incorrecta de este tipo de
residuos puede afectar al medio ambiente y a la salud humana debido a las sustancias potencialmente
nocivas que suelen contener estos aparatos.
Su cooperación en la correcta eliminación de este producto contribuirá al correcto aprovechamiento de
los recursos naturales.
Los usuarios tienen derecho a devolver pilas o baterías usadas sin coste alguno. El precio de venta de
pilas y baterías incluye el coste de la gestión medioambiental de su desecho, no reflejándose la cuantía
de dicho coste en la factura suministradas a los usuarios finales.
Si desea más información sobre el reciclado de este producto, póngase en contacto con su municipio, el
servicio o el organismo encargado de la gestión de residuos domésticos o visite
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questi simboli indicano che il prodotto non può essere smaltito con i rifiuti domestici, ai sensi della
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE), del Regolamentola sulle Batterie ((UE) 2023/1542) e/o delle leggi nazionali
che attuano tale Direttiva e Regolamento.
Se sotto il simbolo indicato sopra è riportato un simbolo chimico, in osservanza del Regolamento sulle
Batterie, tale simbolo indica la presenza di un metallo pesante (Pb = Piombo) nella batteria con un livello
di concentrazione superiore a una soglia applicabile specificata nel Regolamento sulle Batterie.
Il prodotto deve essere conferito a un punto di raccolta designato, ad esempio il rivenditore in caso di
acquisto di un nuovo prodotto simile oppure un centro di raccolta autorizzato per il riciclaggio di rifiuti di
apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche (RAEE) nonché di batterie. Un trattamento improprio di questo
tipo di rifiuti può avere conseguenze negative sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana a causa delle sostanze
potenzialmente nocive solitamente contenute in tali rifiuti.
La collaborazione dell'utente per il corretto smaltimento di questo prodotto contribuirà a un utilizzo efficace
244
background
delle risorse naturali.
Per ulteriori informazioni sul riciclaggio di questo prodotto, vogliate contattare il vostro ufficio comunale,
le autorità competenti, un sistema di raccolta rifiuti autorizzato, o il vostro servizio di raccolta dei rifiuti
domestici, oppure visitare il sito
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Apenas para a União Europeia e Espaço Económico Europeu (Noruega,
Islândia e Liechtenstein)
Estes símbolos indicam que este produto não deve ser descartado juntamente com os resíduos urbanos,
segundo a Diretiva REEE - Diretiva 2012/19/UE, segundo o Regulamento Baterias - Regulamento (UE)
2023/1542 e/ou a legislação nacional que transpõe esta Diretiva e Regulamento.
Caso esteja marcado um símbolo químico abaixo do símbolo mostrado acima, de acordo com o
Regulamento Baterias, isso significa que está presente nesta bateria um metal pesado (Pb = Chumbo)
numa concentração acima do respetivo limite especificado no Regulamento.
Este produto deve ser entregue num ponto de recolha designado, por exemplo num local de receção
autorizado quando compra um equipamento novo idêntico, ou num local de recolha autorizado para
reciclar residuos de equipamento elétrico e eletrónico (EEE) e de baterias. O tratamento inadequado
deste tipo de resíduos pode ter um impacto negativo no ambiente e na saúde humana, devido a
substâncias potencialmente perigosas que estão geralmente associadas aos EEE.
A sua cooperação no descarte adequado deste produto irá contribuir para a utilização mais eficaz dos
recursos naturais.
Para saber mais sobre como reciclar este produto, por favor contacte a divisão de resíduos dos
serviços municipais ou entidades gestoras autorizadas para a gestão destes fluxos de resíduos ou visite
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Disse symboler betyder, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation i henhold til
WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteriforordningen ((EU) 2023/1542) og/eller de lokale lovgivninger, som
disse direktiver og forordninger er gennemført i.
Hvis der i overensstemmelse med batteriforordningen er trykt et kemisk symbol under det symbol, der er
vist ovenfor, betyder det, at batteriet indeholder tungmetal (Pb = bly) i en koncentration, som ligger over
de grænseværdier, der er beskrevet i batteriforordningen.
Produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted, f.eks. i overensstemmelse med en godkendt
én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt, eller på et godkendt indsamlingssted for
elektronikaffald og batterier. Forkert håndtering af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser
for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan
forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
245
background
Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af produktet, bidrager du til effektiv brug af naturressourcerne.
Kontakt din kommune, den lokale affaldsmyndighed, det lokale affaldsanlæg, eller besøg
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/ for at få flere oplysninger om genbrug af dette produkt.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
Αυτά τα σύμβολα υποδεικνύουν ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία για τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ), την τον Κανονισμό για τις Μπαταρίες ((ΕΕ) 2023/1542) ή/και τις εθνικές νομοθεσίες
που εφαρμόζει τις εν λόγω Οδηγίες και Κανονισμούς.
Εάν κάποιο χημικό σύμβολο είναι τυπωμένο κάτω από το σύμβολο που φαίνεται παραπάνω, σύμφωνα με
τον Κανονισμό για τις Μπαταρίες, υποδηλώνει ότι κάποιο βαρύ μέταλλο (Pb = Μόλυβδος) υπάρχει στην
μπαταρία σε συγκέντρωση μεγαλύτερη από το ισχύον επίπεδο που καθορίζεται στον Κανονισμό για τις
Μπαταρίες.
Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη
βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για
την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού (ΗΗE) και των μπαταριών. Ο
ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον
και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικά επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ.
Η συνεργασία σας για τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση
των φυσικών πόρων. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με ανακύκλωση αυτού του προϊόντος,
επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων, το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα
ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων ή επισκεφθείτε τη διεύθυνση
https://www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/ .
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Disse symbolene indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i
henhold til WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteri-forordning EU 2023/1542 og/eller nasjonal lov som har
implementert disse direktivene og forordninger.
Hvis et kjemisk symbol vises under symbolet vist ovenfor, i samsvar med batteri-forordning EU
2023/1542, indikerer dette at et tungmetall (Pb = bly) finnes i batteriet i en konsentrasjon over en
gjeldende øvre grense som er spesifisert i batteri-forordning EU 2023/1542.
Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når en
kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk
og elektronisk utstyr (EEutstyr) og batterier. Feil håndtering av denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og
helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som ofte brukes i EEutstyr.
Din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet vil bidra til effektiv bruk av naturressurser.
246
background
Du kan få mer informasjon om resirkulering av dette produktet ved å kontakte lokale myndigheter,
avfallsadministrasjonen, et godkjent program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap, eller gå til
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/ .
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Nämä tunnukset osoittavat, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU), paristoasetus ((EU) 2023/1542) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen
hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Jos yllä olevan symbolin alapuolelle on paristoasetuksen mukaisesti
painettu kemiallisen aineen tunnus, kyseinen paristo sisältää raskasmetalleja (Pb = lyijy) enemmän kuin
paristoasetuksen salliman määrän.
Tuote on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa
tuotetta ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun tai paristojen keräyspisteeseen.
Sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä,
koska laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää myös luonnonvaroja.
Jos haluat lisätietoja tämän tuotteen kierrätyksestä, ota yhteys kunnan jätehuoltoviranomaisiin tai
käyttämääsi jätehuoltoyhtiöön tai käy osoitteessa
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
De här symbolerna visar att produkten inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall enligt
WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteriförordningen ((EU) 2023/1542) och/eller nationell lagstiftning som
implementerar dessa direktiv och förordningar.
Om en kemisk symbol förekommer under ovanstående symbol innebär detta enligt batteriförordningen att
en tungmetall (Pb = Bly) förekommer i batteriet med en koncentration som överstiger tillämplig gräns som
anges i batteriförordningen.
Produkten ska lämnas in på en avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad
att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning (EE-utrustning) samt batterier eller hos handlare som är
auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av
den här typen kan ha negativ inverkan på miljön och människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga
ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning.
Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av produkten bidrar till effektiv användning av
naturresurserna.
Om du vill ha mer information om var du kan lämna in den här produkten, kontakta ditt lokala
kommunkontor, berörd myndighet eller företag för avfallshantering eller se
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
247
background
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice OEEZ (2012/19/EU), nařízení o bateriích (2023/1542) a/nebo
podle vnitrostátních právních prováděcích předpisů k této směrnici a nařízení nemá být tento výrobek
likvidován s odpadem z domácností.
Je li v souladu s požadavky nařízení o bateriích vytištěna pod výše uvedeným symbolem chemická
značka, udává, že tato baterie obsahuje těžké kovy (Pb = olovo) v koncentraci vyšší, než je příslušná
hodnota předepsaná nařízením.
Tento výrobek má být vrácen do určeného sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru
jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný podobný výrobek, nebo do autorizovaného sběrného místa pro
recyklaci odpadních elektrických a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ), baterií. Nevhodné nakládání s tímto
druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická
a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné
likvidaci tohoto výrobku napomůže efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů.
Chcete li získat podrobné informace týkající se recyklace tohoto výrobku, obraťte se prosím na místní
úřad, orgán pro nakládání s odpady, schválený systém nakládání s odpady či společnost zajišťující
likvidaci domovního odpadu, nebo navštivte webové stránky
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
Ezek a szimbólumok azt jelzik, hogy a termék hulladékkezelése a háztartási hulladéktól különválasztva,
az elektromos és elektronikus berendezések hulladékairól (WEEE) szóló (2012/19/EU) irányelvnek és az
elemekről,valamint a hulladék elemekről szóló ((EU) 2023/1542) rendeletnek megfelelően és/vagy ezen
irányelveknek megfelelő helyi előírások szerint történik.
Amennyiben a fent feltüntetett szimbólum alatt egy vegyjel is szerepel, az elemekről szóló rendeletben
foglaltak értelmében ez azt jelzi, hogy az elem a rendeletben meghatározott határértéknél nagyobb
mennyiségben tartalmaz nehézfémet (Pb = ólom).
E terméket az arra kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre kell juttatni – pl. hasonló termék vásárlásakor a régi becserélésére
vonatkozó hivatalos program keretében, vagy az elektromos és elektronikus berendezések (EEE)
hulladékainak gyűjtésére, valamint a hulladék elemek gyűjtésére kijelölt hivatalos gyűjtőhelyre. Az ilyen
jellegű hulladékok nem előírásszerű kezelése az elektromos és elektronikus berendezésekhez (EEE)
általánosan kapcsolható potenciálisan veszélyes anyagok révén hatással lehet a környezetre és az
egészségre.
E termék megfelelő leselejtezésével Ön is hozzájárul a természeti források hatékony használatához.
A termék újrahasznosítását illetően informálódjon a helyi polgármesteri hivatalnál, a helyi közterület-
fenntartó vállalatnál, a hivatalos hulladéklerakó telephelyen vagy a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző
szolgáltatónál, illetve látogasson el a
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/ internetes oldalra.
248
background
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Te symbole oznaczają, że produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z odpadami gospodarstwa domowego,
zgodnie z Dyrektywą WEEE w sprawie zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego (2012/19/
UE), Rozporządzeniem Parlamentu Europejskiego i Rady 2023/1542 w sprawie baterii i/lub przepisami
krajowymi wdrażającymi tę dyrektywę i rozporządzenie.
Jeśli pod powyższym symbolem znajduje się symbol chemiczny, zgodnie z Rozporzadzeniem w sprawie
baterii oznacza to, że bateria zawiera metal ciężki (Pb = ołów) w stężeniu przekraczającym odpowiedni
poziom określony w Rozporzadzeniu.
Użytkownicy baterii mają obowiązek korzystać z dostępnego programu zwrotu, recyklingu, odzysku i
bezpiecznego unieszkodliwienia baterii, np. na zasadzie oddania „jeden za jeden” przy zakupie nowego,
podobnego produktu.
Niewłaściwe postępowanie z tego typu odpadami może mieć wpływ na środowisko i zdrowie ludzi ze
względu na substancje potencjalnie niebezpieczne, które są zazwyczaj związane ze zużytym sprzętem
elektrycznym i elektronicznym.
Państwa współpraca w zakresie właściwego zagospodarowania tego produktu przyczyni się do
efektywnego wykorzystania zasobów naturalnych.
W celu uzyskania informacji o sposobie recyklingu tego produktu prosimy o kontakt z właściwym urzędem
miejskim lub zakładem gospodarki komunalnej bądź zapraszamy na stronę
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/ .
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tieto symboly označujú, že podľa Smernice o odpade z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (OEEZ)
2012/19/EÚ, Nariadenia Európskeho parlamentu a Rady (EU) 2023/1542 o batériách a odpadových
batériách, a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky implementujúcej túto smernicu a nariadenie sa
tento výrobok nesmie likvidovať spolu s komunálnym odpadom.
Ak je v súlade s požiadavkami nariadenia chemická značka vytlačená pod vyššie uvedeným symbolom,
znamená to, že táto batéria obsahuje ťažké kovy (Pb = olovo) v koncentrácii vyššej, ako je príslušná
povolená hodnota stanovená v nariadení.
Výrobok je potrebné odovzdať do určeného zberného miesta, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny za kúpu
nového podobného výrobku, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré recykluje odpad z elektrických
a elektronických zariadení (EEZ) a batérií. Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu môže mať
negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické zariadenia
obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky.
Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii tohto výrobku prispejete k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov.
Ďalšie informácie o recyklácii tohto výrobku získate od miestneho/obecného úradu, okresného úradu
odboru životného prostredia, zo schváleného systému nakladania s odpadmi alebo od spoločnosti, ktorá
249
background
zabezpečuje zber a likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/ .
Ainult Euroopa Liidu ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein) puhul.
Need sümbolid näitavad, et vastavalt elektroonikaromude direktiivile (2012/19/EL), patareide määrusele
((EL) 2023/1542) ja/või siseriiklikele õigusaktidele, millega neid direktiive ja määrusi rakendatakse, ei tohi
seda toodet kõrvaldada koos olmejäätmetega.
Kui ülaltoodud sümboli alla on trükitud see keemiline sümbol, tähendab see vastavalt patareieeskirjale,
et selles patareis ületab raskemetalli (Pb = plii) kontsentratsioon patareieeskirjas sätestatud kohaldatavat
piirmäära.
See toode tuleb anda selleks ettenähtud kogumispunkti, nt üks ühele põhimõttel uue sarnase toote
ostmisel või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete ning patareide ringlussevõtuks volitatud kogumispunkti.
Seda tüüpi jäätmete ebaõige käitlemine võib potentsiaalselt ohtlike ainete tõttu, mis on üldiselt seotud
elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetega,mõjutada keskkonda ja inimeste tervist . Teie koostöö selle toote õigel
kõrvaldamisel aitab kaasa loodusvarade tõhusale kasutamisele.
Lisateavet selle toote ringlussevõtu kohta saate oma kohalikult omavalitsuselt, jäätmekäitlusasutuselt,
heakskiidetud süsteemilt või oma kodumajapidamisele jäätmekäitlusteenuse osutajalt või külastades
veebilehte
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Attiecas tikai uz Eiropas Savienību un EEZ (Norvēģija, Islande un
Lihtenšteina)
Šie simboli norāda, ka saskaņā ar EEIA direktīvu (2012/19/ES), Bateriju regulu ((ES) 2023/1542) un/vai
valsts tiesību aktiem, ar kuriem īsteno šo direktīvu un regulu, šo izstrādājumu nedrīkst izmest kopā ar
sadzīves atkritumiem.
Ja zem iepriekš norādītā simbola ir uzdrukāts ķīmiskais simbols saskaņā ar Bateriju regulu, tas norāda,
ka šajā baterijā ir smags metāls (Pb = svins), kura koncentrācija pārsniedz piemērojamo robežvērtību, kas
noteikta Bateriju regulā.
Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod noteiktā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, saskaņā ar apstiprinātu principu "viens
par vienu", kad iegādājaties jaunu līdzīgu izstrādājumu, vai autorizētā elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
(EEI) un bateriju atkritumu savākšanas vietā. Nepareiza rīcība ar šāda veida atkritumiem var ietekmēt
vidi un cilvēku veselību, jo EEI parasti ir saistītas ar potenciāli bīstamām vielām. Jūsu sadarbība, pareizi
utilizējot šo produktu, veicinās efektīvu dabas resursu izmantošanu.
Lai iegūtu vairāk informācijas par šī izstrādājuma pārstrādi, sazinieties ar vietējo pilsētas pārvaldi,
atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi, apstiprinātu shēmu vai sadzīves atkritumu apglabāšanas dienestu,
vai apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni:
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
250
background
Tik Europos Sąjungoje ir EEE (Norvegijoje, Islandijoje ir Lichtenšteine)
Šie simboliai rodo, kad šio gaminio negalima išmesti kartu su buitinėmis atliekomis pagal EEĮ atliekų
direktyvą (2012/19/ES), baterijų reglamentą ((ES) 2023/1542) ir (arba) nacionalinius teisės aktus, kuriais
įgyvendinama ši direktyva ir reglamentas.
Jei po pirmiau nurodytu simboliu išspausdintas cheminis simbolis pagal baterijų reglamentą, tai reiškia,
kad šioje baterijoje yra sunkiųjų metalų (Pb = švino), kurių koncentracija viršija taikomą ribinę vertę,
nurodytą baterijų reglamente.
Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į paskirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., vadovaujantis principu „vienas už vieną“, kai
perkate naują panašų gaminį, arba į įgaliotą elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) ir baterijų atliekų
surinkimo vietą. Netinkamas šios rūšies atliekų tvarkymas gali turėti įtakos aplinkai ir žmonių sveikatai dėl
potencialiai pavojingų medžiagų, kurios paprastai būna susijusios su EEĮ. Bendradarbiaudami ir teisingai
utilizuodami šį gaminį prisidėsite prie efektyvaus gamtos išteklių naudojimo.
Norėdami gauti daugiau informacijos apie šio gaminio perdirbimą, kreipkitės į vietinę miesto įstaigą,
atliekų tvarkymo instituciją, patvirtintą programą ar buitinių atliekų šalinimo tarnybą arba apsilankykite
adresu
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ti simboli pomenijo, da tega izdelka skladno z Direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU), uredbo (EU) 2023/1542
in/ali nacionalno zakonodajo, ki uvaja Direktivo in Uredbo, ne smete odlagati z nesortiranimi
gospodinjskimi odpadki.
Če je pod zgoraj prikazanim simbolom natisnjen kemijski simbol, to v skladu z Uredbo pomeni, da je v tej
bateriji prisotna težka kovina (Pb = svinec), in sicer v koncentraciji, ki je nad relevantno mejno vrednostjo,
določeno v Uredbi.
Ta izdelek je potrebno odnesti na izbrano zbirno mesto, t. j. pooblaščeno trgovino, kjer ob nakupu novega
(podobnega) izdelka vrnete starega, ali na pooblaščeno zbirno mesto za ponovno uporabo odpadne
električne in elektronske opreme (EEO) ter baterij. Neustrezno ravnanje s to vrsto odpadkov lahko
negativno vpliva na okolje in človeško zdravje zaradi potencialno nevarnih snovi, ki so pogosto povezane
z EEO.
Vaše sodelovanje pri pravilnem odlaganju tega izdelka predstavlja pomemben prispevek k smotrni izrabi
naravnih virov.
Za več informacij o ponovni uporabi tega izdelka se obrnite na lokalen mestni urad, pristojno službo za
odpadke, predstavnika pooblaščenega programa za obdelavo odpadkov ali na lokalno komunalo. Lahko
pa tudi obiščete našo spletno stran
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/ .
251
background
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Тези символи показват, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC), Регламент за батериите ((ЕС) 2023/1542) и/или
Вашето национално законодателство, прилагащо тези Директиви.
Ако под показания горе символ е отпечатан символ за химически елемент, съгласно разпоредбите
на Регламент за батерии, този втори символ означава наличието на тежък метал (Pb = олово) в
батерията в концентрация над указаната граница за съответния елемент в Регламент.
Този продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например
на база размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за
рециклиране на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО), батерии.
Неправилното третиране на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни
последствия за околната среда и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които
обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси.
За повече информация относно това къде можете да предадете за рециклиране този продукт,
моля свържете се с местните власти, с органа, отговорен за отпадъците, с одобрената система за
ИУЕЕО, с Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци или посетете.
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Aceste simboluri indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat împreună cu deşeurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (2012/19/UE), Regulamentul ((UE) 2023/1542) şi/sau legile dvs. naţionale
ce implementează această Directivă şi Regulament.
Dacă un simbol chimic este imprimat sub simbolul de mai sus, în conformitate cu Regulamentul referitor
la baterii, acest simbol indică prezenţa în baterie a unui metal greu (Pb = Plumb) într-o concentraţie mai
mare decât pragul admis specificat în Regulamentul referitor la baterii.
Acest produs trebuie înmânat punctului de colectare adecvat, ex: printr-un schimb autorizat unu la unu
atunci când cumpăraţi un produs nou similar sau la un loc de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea
reziduurilor de echipament electric şi electronic (EEE) şi baterii. Administrarea neadecvată a acestui tip
de deşeuri, ar putea avea un impact asupra mediului şi asupra sănătăţii umane datorită substanţelor cu
potenţial de risc care sunt în general asociate cu EEE.
Cooperarea dvs. în direcţia reciclării corecte a acestui produs va contribui la o utilizare eficientă a
resurselor naturale.
Pentru mai multe informaţii despre reciclarea acestui produs, vă rugăm să contactaţi biroul dvs. local,
autorităţile responsabile cu deşeurile, schema aprobată sau serviciul dvs. responsabil cu deşeurile
252
background
menajere sau vizitaţi-ne la.
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEA (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Oznaka pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s komunalnim i ostalim vrstama otpada, u
skladu s direktivom WEEE (2012/19/EC), Uredbom o baterijama ((EU) 2023/1542) i/ili nacionalnim
zakonodavstvom koje provodi te Direktive i Uredbe.
Ako je ispod prethodno prikazane oznake otisnut kemijski simbol, u skladu s Uredbom o baterijama, to
znači da se u ovoj bateriji nalazi teški metal (Pb = olovo) i da je njegova koncentracija iznad razine
propisane u Uredbi o baterijama.
Ovaj bi proizvod trebalo predati ovlaštenom skupljaču EE otpada ili prodavatelju koji je dužan preuzeti
otpadni proizvod po sistemu jedan za jedan, ako isti odgovara vrsti te je obavljao primarne funkcije
kao i isporučena EE oprema. Otpadne baterije predaju se ovlaštenom skupljaču otpadnih baterija ili
prodavatelju bez naknade i obveze kupnje za krajnjeg korisnika. Neodgovarajuće rukovanje ovom vrstom
otpada može utjecati na okoliš i ljudsko zdravlje zbog potencijalno opasnih supstanci koje se najčešće
nalaze na takvim mjestima.
Vaša suradnja u pravilnom zbrinjavanju ovog proizvoda pridonijet će djelotvornom iskorištavanju prirodnih
resursa. Dodatne informacije o recikliranju ovog proizvoda zatražite od svog lokalnog gradskog ureda,
službe za zbrinjavanje otpada, odobrenog programa ili komunalne službe za uklanjanje otpada ili pak na
stranicama
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/
253
background
Handling Precautions
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Legal Restrictions on Printing
Ink Tips
254
background
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
To keep your personal information safe, please be sure to reset all printer settings when sending the printer
for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the printer.
Reset settings
255
background
Legal Restrictions on Printing
Printing or modifying printed copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
Paper money•
Money orders•
Certificates of deposit•
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
Identification badges or insignia•
Selective service or draft papers•
Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies•
Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title•
Traveler's checks•
Food stamps•
Passports•
Immigration papers•
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness•
Stock certificates•
Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent•
256
background
Ink Tips
Ink is used for various purposes other than printing.
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer
consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head
with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the
succeeding ink tanks.
The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the
first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.
Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may
be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents
print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Note
Ink is consumed for print preparation operation that is periodically and automatically performed to•
keep printer's performance and for print head cleaning. Therefore, unused ink for printing may also
be consumed.
Black-and-white printing uses color ink.
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
257
background
Specifications
Specifications
Print Area
Printing Area
Standard Sizes
Sizes for 0.98 inch (25 mm) Margin Paper
Envelopes
Printable Discs
258
background
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wired LAN: 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b / IEEE802.11a /
IEEE802.11ac
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Wi-Fi and wired LAN cannot be used at the same time.
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing: Approx. 17 W *1
Standby (minimum): Approx. 1.1 W *1*2
Standby (all ports connected): Approx. 2.3 W
OFF: Approx. 0.05 W
*1 USB connection to a PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 25.2 x 15 x 7.9 in. (Approx. 639 x 379 x 200 mm)
* With the trays retracted.
Weight Approx. 31.0 lb (Approx. 14.1 kg)
259
background
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wired LAN Supported Standards: IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX) / IEEE802.3 (10BASE-T)
Transfer speed: 10 Mbps/100 Mbps (auto switching)
Security: IEEE802.1X (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP)
Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b /
IEEE802.11a / IEEE802.11ac
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz *
Channel:
2.4 GHz: 1-11 or 1-13 *
5 GHz: W52, W53, W56, W58 *
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WPA-PSK (AES)
WPA2-PSK (AES)
WPA3-SAE (AES)
WPA-EAP (AES) *
WPA2-EAP (AES) *
WPA3-EAP (AES) *
* Compatible with IEEE802.1X (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System Windows 11, Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed operating
system.
Installation of .NET Framework is required.
Printer driver and IJ Printer Assistant Tool support the following OS:
260
background
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1, Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows Server
2016, Windows Server 2019 and Windows Server 2022
Amount of hard disk space re-
quired for installing the driver
1.5 GB or more
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
macOS
Operating System macOS Big Sur 11.7.10 - macOS Sonoma 14
Amount of hard disk space re-
quired for installing the driver
1.5 GB or more
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Other Supported OS
iOS/iPadOS, Android, Chrome OS
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
261
background
Print Area
Printing Area
Standard Sizes
Sizes for 0.98 inch (25 mm) Margin Paper
Envelopes
Printable Discs
262
background
Printing Area
To maintain print quality, the printer leaves a margin around the edges of paper. The printable area is inside
this margin.
(recommended print area): Print within this area, when possible.
(printable area): You can also print in this area. However, feeding precision or print quality may be
affected.
Note
By selecting Borderless Printing option, you can make prints with no margins.•
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is•
enlarged to fill the whole page.
When performing Borderless Printing, select Magnification level for borderless in Print settings of•
Printer settings to specify the amount of images that extends off the paper.
Print settings
For Borderless Printing, use the following paper:•
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501>
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>*1
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101>*1
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>*1
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Greeting Card
Card Stock
*1 Borderless Printing is disabled depending on print settings. To enable Borderless Printing, remove
margin restrictions.
Print Options dialog box (Windows)
Advanced Paper Settings (macOS)
263
background
Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality
and/or result in printouts with altered color hues.
Borderless Printing is not available for A5, B5, B4, or Legal size paper, plain paper, envelopes or•
T-Shirt Transfers.
Depending on the type of paper, Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom•
edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged.
264
background
Standard Sizes
Recommended print area
A: 1.34 in. (34.0 mm)
B: 1.46 in. (37.0 mm)
Printable area
Letter, Legal
C: 0.12 in. (3.0 mm)
D: 0.20 in. (5.0 mm)
E: 0.25 in. (6.4 mm)
F: 0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
Square 5" x 5" 13 x 13 cm
C: 0.24 in. (6.0 mm)
D: 0.24 in. (6.0 mm)
E: 0.24 in. (6.0 mm)
F: 0.24 in. (6.0 mm)
Other than Letter, Legal or Square 5" x 5" 13 x 13 cm
C: 0.12 in. (3.0 mm)
D: 0.20 in. (5.0 mm)
E: 0.13 in. (3.4 mm)
F: 0.13 in. (3.4 mm)
265
background
Sizes for 0.98 inch (25 mm) Margin Paper
When art paper with 0.98 in. (25 mm) margins is selected, the printer is restricted from printing in the top and
bottom 0.98 in. (25 mm) of the paper. We therefore recommend checking the printing area in the preview
screen before printing.
If the print head is rubbing against the top and bottom edges of the paper, causing smudging, you can avoid
this by using 0.98 in. (25 mm) margin paper.
When you are using the following paper, the printer prints to paper sizes with 0.98 in. (25 mm) margins
depending on print settings. To print to other page sizes, remove restrictions on margins.
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>•
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101>•
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>•
Print Options dialog box (Windows)
Advanced Paper Settings (macOS)
Printable area
Letter
A: 0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
B: 0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
C: 0.25 in. (6.4 mm)
D: 0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
Other than Letter
A: 0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
B: 0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
C: 0.13 in. (3.4 mm)
D: 0.13 in. (3.4 mm)
266
background
Envelopes
Printable area
A: 0.32 in. (8.0 mm)
B: 0.50 in. (12.7 mm)
C: 0.23 in. (5.6 mm)
D: 0.23 in. (5.6 mm)
267
background
Printable Discs
The printing area of the printable disc is from 0.67 in. (17 mm) of the internal diameter to 0.04 in. (1 mm)
from the external diameter of the printing surface.
Recommended print area
A: 0.67 in. (17.0 mm)
B: 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
268
background
Printing
Printing from Your Computer (Windows)
Basic Printing Setup Basics
Main Controls (Basic Settings Tab)
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab)
Set the Layout of Printed Documents (Page Setup Tab)
See more...
Printing from Your Computer (macOS)
Basic Printing Setup Basics
Various Printing Methods
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
See more...
Printing from Chromebook
Printing from Printer
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
About Mopria®
Printing with Canon Print Service
Using Cloud Service
269
background
Printing from Your Computer (Windows)
Basic Printing Setup Basic
Main Controls (Basic Settings Tab)
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab)
Set the Layout of Printed Documents (Page Setup Tab)
Overview of the Printer Driver
Updating the Driver
270
background
Basic Printing Setup
In the Basic Settings tab, you can print in various ways according to your purpose.
1. Check that printer is turned on1.
2.
Open printer driver's setup screen
2.
3.
Select Profile (A)
3.
Select the print settings according to your purpose in Profiles on the Basic Settings tab.
If you select a print setting, Paper Size and Media Type will change automatically.
Note
When the paper size to be printed is selected from Printer Paper Size, the zoom level is
automatically set according to the selected paper size.
To select a zoom level of your choice, add a checkmark to Zoom and enter a number.
4.
Select Media Type (B) According to Requirements
4.
5.
Set Paper
5.
6.
Click OK
6.
271
background
Note
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see the
following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
272
background
Main Controls (Basic Settings Tab)
Basic Settings Tab Description
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Preventing Printing Errors
273
background
Basic Settings Tab Description
The Basic Settings tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered
setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
Profiles
Settings Preview
Preview before printing
Always print with current settings
Page Size
Printer Paper Size
Media Type
Quality
Paper Source
Copies
Collate
Orientation
Grayscale Printing
Borderless Printing
Page Layout
Zoom
1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
Binding Location
Profiles
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
274
background
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. Page Layout is set to 2 on 1,
and 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing is set to 2-sided Printing (Manual).
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In
the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting
Card. The Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Note
You cannot change the order of print settings.
Add...
Displays the Add to Profiles dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Basic Settings, Media/
Quality, and Page Setup tabs to Profiles.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Profiles, and click Delete. When a confirmation
message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
275
background
Always print with current settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same
settings is possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, it will appear as Same as Page Size, and the document is printed with no scaling.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Media/Quality tab, and for Quality, select Custom.
The Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Fast
Gives priority to printing speed over print quality.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.
Manual Feed
Paper is supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Top Feed
Paper is always supplied from the top feed.
276
background
Important
Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Black and White Photo Print
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select this setting if you want to select the Color Correction method, or if you want to individually set
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness, or Contrast.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends slightly
off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab, add a
checkmark to Borderless Printing, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
277
background
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
1 on 1 to 16 on 1
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
To change the page order, click Preferences.... In the Page Layout Printing dialog box that
appears, specify Page Order.
Poster (1 x 2) to Poster (4 x 4)
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
Preferences...
Opens the Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on poster printing.
Zoom
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
1-sided Printing
Select when performing single-sided printing.
2-sided Printing (Manual)
Select when performing duplex printing.
Booklet Printing (Manual)
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Preferences...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Binding Location
Selects the stapling margin position. The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings,
and automatically selects the best stapling margin position. Check Binding Location, and select from
the list to change it.
To specify the width of the binding margin, set it from the Page Setup tab.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality, and Page Setup tabs to
their default values (factory settings).
Add to Profiles dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Basic Settings, Media/Quality,
and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
278
background
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
Options...
Opens the Add to Profiles dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Add to Profiles dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Profiles, and change the items to be saved in
the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Profiles.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
279
background
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page. The settings
specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page. Check this check box to print the page border
line.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster. Check this check box to print the words.
Note
Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster. Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
280
background
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
281
background
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer driver or the
printer's operation panel as described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Plain paper
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper High-Res Paper
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information regis-
tered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
PP-301>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A Plus Glossy II A
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101> Photo Paper Pro Platinum Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101> Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Plus Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501> Glossy Photo Paper A Glossy A
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> Glossy Photo Paper A Glossy A
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1> Premium Fine Art Rough Fine Art Rough
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101> Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A ProPremiumMatteA
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on the
printer
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers
<DF-101>
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers DF Iron Transfers
282
background
Commercially available papers
When you use non-genuine Canon paper, you can print easily by using the existing settings that have
been prepared on the printer's operation panel and in the printer driver.
Media name Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information regis-
tered on the printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper Plain paper
Japanese Paper Washi Japanese Paper Washi *1 Japanese Paper
Lightweight Photo Paper (Approximately
0.1mm to less than 0.3mm)
Lightweight Photo Paper *1 Light Photo Paper
Heavyweight Photo Paper (Approximately
0.3mm to less than 0.6mm)
Heavyweight Photo Paper *1 Heavy Photo Paper
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper (Approximately
0.1mm to less than 0.3mm)
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper *1 Heavy Art Paper
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper (Approxi-
mately 0.3mm to less than 0.6mm)
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
*1
EX Hvy Art Paper
Canvas Canvas *1 Canvas
Envelopes Envelope Envelope
T-Shirt Transfers T-Shirt Transfers T-Shirt Transfers
Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card IJ Greeting Card
Card Stock Card Stock Card stock
*1 To improve the print quality and paper feeding when using paper other than Canon genuine paper,
create a custom paper by using Media Configuration Tool and add it to the printer.
These media types can be used as custom paper standards.
Note
If you have added a new media type using the Media Configuration Tool, open the printer driver settings
screen and from the Maintenance tab, select Update Media Information and carry out a driver media
information update.
When printing on a newly added media type, change both the media settings on the printer driver and
the registered media information on the printer to those of the new media.
When you set Media Type to Matte Photo Paper, Premium Fine Art Rough, or Photo Paper Pro
Premium Matte A in the printer driver,, we recommend that you set Page Size to 4"x6" 10x15cm, L
89x127mm, or "XXX (Margin 25)" in the printer driver.
For information about printable ranges, refer to "Printing Area."
For information on Washi that can be used with the printer, see "Print Using Washi."
283
background
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter
Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm Legal
11"x17" 279.4x431.8mm 11"x17"(28x43cm)
A5 A5
A4 A4
A3 A3
A3+ 13"x19" 33x48cm A3+
B5 B5
B4 B4
4"x6" 10x15cm KG/4"x6"(10x15)
5"x7" 13x18cm 2L/5"x7"(13x18)
7"x10" 18x25cm 7"x10"(18x25cm)
8"x10" 20x25cm 8"x10"(20x25cm)
10"x12" 25x30cm 10"x12"(25x30cm)
210x594mm 210x594mm
L 89x127mm L(89x127mm)
2L 127x178mm 2L/5"x7"(13x18)
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm Square 5"
Square 12"x12" 30x30cm 12"x12"(30x30cm)
Letter (Margin 25) Letter
210x594mm (Margin 25) 210x594mm
11"x17" (Margin 25) 11"x17"(28x43cm)
A4 (Margin 25) A4
284
background
A3 (Margin 25) A3
A3+ (Margin 25) A3+
Hagaki 100x148mm Hagaki
Hagaki 2 200x148mm Hagaki 2
Envelope Com 10 Envelope Com 10
Envelope DL Envelope DL
Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25" Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07" Nagagata 4
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25" Yougata 4
Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" Yougata 6
Custom Size Others
285
background
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Profiles on the Basic Settings tab. Unnecessary
printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set the necessary items
2.
From Profiles on the Basic Settings tab, select the printing profile to be used and if necessary,
change each of the settings.
You can also register necessary items on the Media/Quality and Page Setup tabs.
3.
Click Add...
3.
The Add to Profiles dialog box opens.
286
background
4. Save the settings4.
Enter a name for the print settings to register in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the
items, and then click OK.
In the Add to Profiles dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the Basic Settings
tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Profiles.
Important
To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Profiles.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted1.
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Profiles list on the Basic Settings tab.
2.
Delete the printing profile
2.
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Profiles list.
Note
Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
287
background
Preventing Printing Errors
You can display and check the print result before printing.
You can also set the print results display on the Basic Settings tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Set the preview
2.
Check the Preview before printing check box on the Media/Quality tab.
3.
Click OK
3.
When you perform print, the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Preview
288
background
Set Media Type, Quality, etc. (Media/Quality Tab)
Media/Quality Tab Description
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Adjusting Tone
Specifying Color Correction
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Interpreting the ICC Profile
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
289
background
Media/Quality Tab Description
The Media/Quality tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. You can
also adjust the print quality and color tones.
Settings Preview
Media Type
Paper Source
Quality
Color/Intensity
Grayscale Printing
Preview before printing
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Preferences...
Open the Advanced Paper Settings dialog box, and specify detailed print settings that match the
media type loaded in the printer.
290
background
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.
Manual Feed
Paper is supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Top Feed
Paper is always supplied from the top feed.
Important
Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Fast
Gives priority to printing speed over print quality.
Custom
Select this to set the print quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom in Quality to make it clickable.
Open the Custom dialog box to set individual print quality levels.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness,
Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and
select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
291
background
Black and White Photo Print
Black and white photo print refers to a function that converts data to monochrome data when printing
your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Advanced Paper Settings dialog box
Drying Time
Allows you to set how long the printer rests before printing of the next page starts.
If the next page is ejected before the print surface dries completely and the paper becomes stained,
set a longer ink drying time.
Print Head Height
Allows you to widen the gap between the print head and the paper to reduce paper abrasion when
printing high density pages. To reduce paper abrasion, select Avoid Paper Abrasion.
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Note
The High, Standard, or Fast print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when
the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Quality on the Media/Quality tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Tone, Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
292
background
Note
The graphic is in monochrome when the Black and White Photo Print check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total
color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
Tone
Set the color tones for monochrome printing.
You can also select colors for monochrome color tones from the pull-down menu.
Cool Tone
This item adjusts color tones to cool shades of gray (cool black). When you select this item, a
value of -30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Black and White
This item adjusts color tones to neutral shades of gray. When you select this item, a value of 0 is
entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Warm Tone
This item adjusts color tones to warm shades of gray (warm black). When you select this item, a
value of 30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Custom
You can adjust the color tones by using the horizontal and vertical sliders while checking the
colors in the center adjustment area.
Adjust the horizontal and vertical sliders by dragging them to the left/right or up/down,
respectively.
You can also adjust color tones by clicking or dragging the center adjustment area with the
mouse.
You can also directly enter values that are linked to the sliders. When you enter values, set
values in the range of -100 to 100 for X, and -50 to 50 for Y.
Note
Custom cannot be selected since it is displayed automatically when the adjustment value is
directly entered.
X, Y (Monochromatic adjustment value)
If necessary, you can adjust monochromatic colors manually.
To adjust the color tones, either enter values directly or click the up/down arrows.
You can also adjust the color tones by clicking or dragging the adjustment area with the mouse.
The value is also linked to the horizontal and vertical sliders.
293
background
When you enter values, set values in the range of -100 to 100 for X, and -50 to 50 for Y.
The selected value will be shown in the preview on the left side.
Important
This function is not available for certain Media Type settings.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right
brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You
can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Specify the input profile, printer profile, and rendering intent to be used.
Important
If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver. Select this value when you are specifying an
individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data.
Input Profile
Specifies the input profile to be used when you select ICM for Color Correction.
Standard
The standard printer profile (sRGB), which supports the color space of ICM, is used. This is the
default setting.
Printer Profile
Specifies the printer profile to be used when ICM is selected for Color Correction.
Normally Auto is selected but you can also select a printer profile manually.
Rendering Intent
Specifies the matching method to be used when you select ICM for Color Correction.
294
background
Saturation
This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method.
Perceptual
This method reproduces images by focusing on colors that most people find desirable. Select
this method to print photos.
Relative Colorimetric
When image data is converted to the color space of the printer, this method converts the image
data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions. Select this method to print
image data with colors that are close to the original colors.
The white spots are reproduced as white spots (background color) on the paper.
Absolute Colorimetric
This method uses the white spot definitions in the input and output ICC profiles to convert the
image data.
Although the color and color balance of the white spots change, you may not be able to get the
desired output results because of the profile combination.
Important
Depending on the media type, you may obtain the same print results even when you change the
Rendering Intent setting.
295
background
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
In this printer, there are two paper sources, a manual feed tray and a top feed.
You can facilitate printing by selecting a paper source setting that matches your media type or purpose.
The procedure for setting paper source is as follows:
You can also set the paper source on the Basic Settings tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Select the media type
2.
Select the type of paper loaded in the printer from the Media Type list on the Media/Quality tab.
3.
Select the paper source
3.
From the Paper Source list, select the paper source that matches your purpose.
Manual Feed
Paper is supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Important
When one of the following paper types is selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, paper
cannot be supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
A5
B5
4"x6" 10x15cm
5"x7" 13x18cm
296
background
7"x10" 18x25cm
L 89x127mm
2L 127x178mm
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm
Hagaki 100x148mm
Hagaki 2 200x148mm
Envelope Com 10
Envelope DL
Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25"
Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07"
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25"
Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48"
When one of the following paper types is selected for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab,
paper cannot be supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Plain Paper
Envelope
Hagaki A
Ink Jet Hagaki
Hagaki K
Hagaki
High Resolution Paper
T-Shirt Transfers
Top Feed
Paper is fed from the top feed.
Important
When one of the following paper types is selected for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab,
paper cannot be supplied from the top feed.
Heavyweight Photo Paper
Premium Fine Art Rough
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
4.
Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the printer uses the specified paper source to print the data.
Note
If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the
printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "
Register Paper
Information."
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
297
background
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
You can also set a black and white photo print in Black and White Photo Print on the Basic Settings tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set black and white photo printing
2.
Check the Black and White Photo Print check box on the Media/Quality tab.
3.
Click OK
3.
When you perform print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color
document in monochrome.
Important
When the Black and White Photo Print check box is checked, the printer driver processes image data
as sRGB data. In this case, actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data.
298
background
When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data, convert the data to sRGB data
using an application software.
Note
During Black and White Photo Print, inks other than black ink may be used as well.
Related Topic
Adjusting Tone
299
background
Adjusting Tone
When printing black and white photos, you can produce the cooling effects of cool colors and the warming
effects of warm colors.
Cool Tone is selected Black and White is selected Warm Tone is selected
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Select the media type
2.
For Media Type on the Media/Quality tab, select the following paper types.
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A
Photo Paper Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade
Lightweight Photo Paper
Heavyweight Photo Paper
Premium Fine Art Rough
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Canvas
Japanese Paper Washi
3. Set black and white photo printing3.
Check the Black and White Photo Print check box.
300
background
4.
Select the manual color adjustment
4.
Select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
5. Adjusting monochrome tones5.
From the Tone pull-down menu, specify any of the following items.
Cool Tone
This item adjusts color tones to cool shades of gray (cool black). When you select this item, a value
of -30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Black and White
This item adjusts color tones to neutral shades of gray. When you select this item, a value of 0 is
entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Warm Tone
This item adjusts color tones to warm shades of gray (warm black). When you select this item, a
value of 30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Custom
You can adjust the color tones by using the horizontal and vertical sliders while checking the colors
in the center adjustment area.
Adjust the horizontal and vertical sliders by dragging them to the left/right or up/down, respectively.
You can also adjust color tones by clicking or dragging the center adjustment area with the mouse.
You can also directly enter values that are linked to the sliders. When you enter values, set values in
the range of -100 to 100 for X, and -50 to 50 for Y.
301
background
Note
Custom cannot be selected since it is displayed automatically when the adjustment value is
directly entered.
X, Y (Monochromatic adjustment value)
If necessary, you can adjust monochromatic colors manually.
To adjust the color tones, either enter values directly or click the up/down arrows.
You can also adjust the color tones by clicking or dragging the adjustment area with the mouse.
The value is also linked to the horizontal and vertical sliders.
When you enter values, set values in the range of -100 to 100 for X, and -50 to 50 for Y.
The selected value will be shown in the preview on the left side.
After adjusting the tones, click OK.
6.
Complete the setup
6.
Click OK on the Media/Quality tab.
When you perform print, the color document is converted to grayscale data with adjusted tones. It allows
you to print the color document in monochrome.
Related Topics
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
302
background
Specifying Color Correction
You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Normally, when data is printed, the printer driver automatically adjusts the colors.
When you want to print by using the color space of the image data effectively, select ICM. When you want to
use an application software to specify a printing ICC profile, select None.
You can also set the color correction in Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment in the Basic Settings tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Select the manual color adjustment
2.
On the Media/Quality tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3.
Select color correction
3.
Click the Matching tab. Select the Color Correction method for the color that matches the document
type that you are printing, and then click OK.
4. Complete the setup4.
Click OK on the Media/Quality tab.
When you perform print, the document data is printed with the specified color correction.
Important
When ICM is disabled in the application software, ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the
printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
Related Topics
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Interpreting the ICC Profile
303
background
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ
from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor.
To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method
that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose.
Color Management
Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently. Color
management (color matching) is a method that manages device-dependent "colors" as a common color
space.
For Windows, a color management system called "ICM" is built into the operating system.
sRGB is one of the common color spaces that is frequently used.
ICC profiles convert device-dependent "colors" into a common color space. By using an ICC profile and
carrying out color management, you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color
reproduction area that the printer can express.
Note
Normally, image files are saved in JPEG format. Some digital cameras allow you to save images in a
format called RAW. RAW data refers to an image saving format that requires a computer to develop
the image. You can embed an input ICC profile tag into a RAW file by using special application
software.
Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data
The recommended printing method depends on the color space of the image data or the application
software to be used.
There are two typical printing methods.
Check the color space of the image data and the application software to be used, and then select the
printing method suited to your purpose.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
This section describes the procedure for printing data by using the color correction function of the
printer driver.
Select this function when you want to print impressions that are close to those displayed on the
monitor, for example, if you corrected the colors while checking the print image on the monitor.
Printing with ICC Profiles
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of the image data effectively.
You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver
so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data.
The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used.
304
background
Related Topic
Interpreting the ICC Profile
305
background
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
To use driver matching when printing, turn on the printer driver's color correction function.
Driver matching accurately applies the characteristics of data displayed on the monitor and allows you to
obtain print results of impressions that are close to those displayed on the monitor.
Important
When printing using driver matching, Canon recommends that you set the monitor and the environment
light as follows:
Monitor
Color temperature: D50 (5000K)
Brightness: 100 to 120cd/m2
Gamma: 2.2
Environment light
Fluorescent light for D50 color evaluation (color temperature 5000K, high color rendering
properties)
Brightness when looking at printed materials: 500 lx ± 125 lx
Note
When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them,
use a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for color management.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2. Select the manual color adjustment2.
On the Media/Quality tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3.
Select color correction
3.
Click Matching tab, and select Driver Matching for Color Correction.
4. Set the other items4.
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and
adjust Brightness and Contrast settings, and then click OK.
5.
Complete the setup
5.
Click OK on the Media/Quality tab.
When you print, the colors get adjusted by the printer driver when printing the data.
Related Topics
Adjusting Color Balance
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Brightness
306
background
Adjusting Contrast
307
background
Printing with ICC Profiles
When the image data has a specified input ICC profile, you can print by using the color space of the data
effectively.
The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print.
Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data
When you print the editing and touch-up results of Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional,
or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles, you print by
effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data.
To use this printing method, use your application software to select color management items and specify
an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data.
Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself or one for special Canon paper, be
sure to select color management items from your application software.
For instructions, refer to the manual of the application software you are using.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Select the manual color adjustment2.
On the Media/Quality tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction3.
Click Matching tab, and select None for Color Correction.
4. Set the other items4.
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and
adjust Brightness and Contrast settings, and then click OK.
5. Complete the setup5.
Click OK on the Media/Quality tab.
When you perform print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver, and then Print
Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does not allow you to specify
one by using sRGB as the color space of the data.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Select the manual color adjustment
2.
308
background
On the Media/Quality tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction3.
Click Matching tab, and select ICM for Color Correction.
4.
For Input Profile, select Standard
4.
Important
When the application software specifies an input profile, the input profile setting of the printer
driver becomes invalid.
5.
Select the printer profile
5.
Select Printer Profile.
To set the printer profile automatically:
Select Auto.
To set the printer profile manually:•
Select a printer profile that matches the media type to be used.
6. Select the rendering intent6.
Select the coloring adjustment method in Rendering Intent.
Saturation
This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method.
Perceptual
This function effectively prints the color space that the printer can reproduce. Because this
function accurately renders the attributes of the data displayed on the monitor, select this
function when you want to print with impressions that are close to those displayed on the
monitor.
Important
When you select Perceptual to print images, Canon recommends that you set the monitor
and the environment light as follows:
Monitor
Color temperature: D50 (5000K)
Brightness: 100 to 120cd/m2
Gamma: 2.2
Environment light
Fluorescent light for D50 color evaluation (color temperature 5000K, high color
rendering properties)
Brightness when looking at printed materials: 500 lx ± 125 lx
Relative Colorimetric
When image data is converted to the color space of the printer, this method converts the image
data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions. Select this method to print
image data with colors that are close to the original colors.
309
background
Absolute Colorimetric
When Relative Colorimetric is selected, white spots are reproduced as white spots of the paper
(background color). However, when Absolute Colorimetric is selected, how the white spots are
reproduced depends on the image data.
Important
Depending on the media type, you may obtain the same print results even when you change
the Rendering Intent setting.
7.
Set the other items
7.
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and
adjust Brightness and Contrast settings, and then click OK.
8.
Complete the setup
8.
Click OK on the Media/Quality tab.
When you perform print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Related Topics
Adjusting Color Balance
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
310
background
Interpreting the ICC Profile
When you need to specify an ICC profile for this printer, specify the ICC profile of the print output media.
The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows.
(1) : Printer model
(2) : Media type
This media name corresponds to the following media type:
Canvas -P: Canvas
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper -P: Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Glossy Photo Paper A: Photo Paper Glossy
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper -P: Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Heavyweight Photo Paper -P: Heavyweight Photo Paper
Japanese Paper Washi -P: Japanese Paper Washi
Lightweight Photo Paper -P: Lightweight Photo Paper
Matte Photo Paper -P: Matte Photo Paper
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A: Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss: Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade: Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade
Photo Paper Pro Luster: Photo Paper Pro Luster
Photo Paper Pro Platinum: Photo Paper Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A: Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte
Premium Fine Art Rough: Premium Fine Art Rough
Note
For ICC profiles that display "-P" at the end of the media type, the print results are the same when you
set Rendering Intent to Perceptual or Relative Colorimetric.
311
background
Adjusting Color Balance
You can adjust the color tints when printing.
Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes
the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color
balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so
that the overall colors are more uniform.
No adjustment Adjust color balance
You can also set the color balance in Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment in the Basic Settings tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2. Select the manual color adjustment2.
On the Media/Quality tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3.
Adjust color balance
3.
There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the
corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved
to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
After adjusting each color, click OK.
4.
Complete the setup
4.
Click OK on the Media/Quality tab.
When you perform print, the document is printed with the adjusted color balance.
Important
When the Black and White Photo Print check box on the Media/Quality tab is checked, the color
balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) cannot be set.
312
background
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
313
background
Adjusting Brightness
You can brighten or darken the colors of the overall image data during printing.
The following sample shows the case when light colors are darkened when the image data is printed.
No adjustment Darken light colors
You can also set brightness on the Basic Settings tab by choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Select the manual color adjustment
2.
On the Media/Quality tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3.
Adjust brightness
3.
Moving the Brightness slider to the right brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left
darkens (intensifies) the colors.
314
background
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
After adjusting the brightness, click OK.
4. Complete the setup4.
Click OK on the Media/Quality tab.
When you perform print, the data is printed at the adjusted brightness.
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Contrast
315
background
Adjusting Contrast
You can adjust the image contrast during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase
the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images
smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
No adjustment Adjust the contrast
You can also set the contrast in Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment in the Basic Settings tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2. Select the manual color adjustment2.
On the Media/Quality tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3.
Adjust the contrast
3.
316
background
Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider to the left decreases
the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
After adjusting the contrast, click OK.
4. Complete the setup4.
Click OK on the Media/Quality tab.
When you perform print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
317
background
Set the Layout of Printed Documents (Page Setup Tab)
Page Setup Tab Description
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
Page Layout Printing
Tiling/Poster Printing
Booklet Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Printing on Postcards
Print Using Washi
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
318
background
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this
tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
Settings Preview
Page Size
Printer Paper Size
Copies
Print from Last Page
Collate
Orientation
Rotate 180 degrees
Borderless Printing
Page Layout
Zoom
1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
Binding Location
Specify Margin
Print Options
Stamp
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
319
background
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
320
background
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will
be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Borderless Printing
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
1 on 1 to 16 on 1
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper. To change the page order, click
Preferences.... In the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify Page Order.
Poster (1 x 2) to Poster (4 x 4)
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed.
You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster.
Preferences...
Opens the Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on poster printing.
Zoom
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
1-sided Printing
Select when performing single-sided printing.
2-sided Printing (Manual)
Select when performing duplex printing.
Booklet Printing (Manual)
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
321
background
Preferences...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box. Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Binding Location
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Binding Location, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box. You can specify the width of the margin.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp...
Opens the Stamp dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name.
Depending on the environment, Stamp may not be available.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
322
background
Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
323
background
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Binding Location becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
Disable the paper source setting of the application software
Disables the paper feed method that is set by the application.
With some applications such as Microsoft Word, the data may be printed with a feed method that
differs from the printer driver setting. In this case, check this function.
Important
When this function is enabled, normally the paper feeding method cannot be changed from the
Canon IJ Preview.
324
background
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Cancel the safety margin regulation for paper size
Cancels the safety margin regulation when you set Media Type to Matte Photo Paper, Premium
Fine Art Rough, or Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A on the Media/Quality tab.
When you check this item, the safety margin regulation is canceled, printing in a wider print area and
borderless full-page printing become possible, and printing can be performed for all paper sizes.
Important
When the safety margin regulation is canceled, the paper may become smudged or the print
quality may drop depending on the paper size used and the environment.
If that happens, we recommend that you print on a paper size that has large margins.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On (Weak) or On (Strong).
Off
The printer prints data without using this function.
On (Weak)
The printer uses this function to print data only when the data quality is acceptable.
On (Strong)
The printer always uses this function to print data.
Important
When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
325
background
Important
A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Stamp dialog box
Depending on the environment, Stamp may not be available.
The Stamp dialog box allows you to print a stamp over or behind the document pages. In addition to the
pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary,
change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the
stamp by clicking Select Color....
For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If necessary,
change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
326
background
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings of TrueType Font, Style, Size,
and Outline. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
327
background
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window.
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
Note
Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to "0."
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
328
background
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Basic Settings tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Specify the number of copies to be printed
2.
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3.
Specify the print order
3.
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4.
Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
329
background
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Note
By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
330
background
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing on the Basic Settings Tab.
Note
You can also set Magnification level for borderless on the operation panel of the printer, but the
settings on the printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set borderless printing2.
Add a checkmark to Borderless Printing on the Page Setup tab.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
3. Check the paper size3.
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4.
Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
4.
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
331
background
Important
When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5. Click OK5.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab, borderless printing is not
recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is
printed in the correct position.
When Preview before printing is checked on the Media/Quality tab, you can confirm whether there
will be no margin before printing.
To perform borderless full-page printing on Matte Photo Paper, Premium Fine Art Rough, or Photo
Paper Pro Premium Matte A go to the Page Setup tab, display the Print Options dialog box, and
change the Cancel the safety margin regulation for paper size setting.
332
background
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set page layout printing
2.
Select a page layout number from 1 on 1 to 16 on 1 from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size3.
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4.
Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
4.
If necessary, click Preferences..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box,
and click OK.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
Exclude single page documents from Page Layout Printing
If you add a checkmark, single-page documents are printed on a single sheet without performing
Page Layout Printing.
5.
Complete the setup
5.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
333
background
Tiling/Poster Printing
The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print
these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like
a poster.
Setting Tiling/Poster Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set tiling/poster printing2.
Select from Poster (1 x 2) to Poster (4 x 4) from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size3.
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed4.
If necessary, click Preferences..., configure the required settings, and then click OK.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
To leave out words "Cut" and "Paste," uncheck this check box.
Note
Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
To leave out cut lines, uncheck this check box.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
To reprint only a specific page, select Pages and enter the page number you want to print. To
specify multiple pages, enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a
hyphen between the page numbers.
Note
You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview.
334
background
5. Complete the setup5.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document will be divided into several pages during printing.
Printing Only Specific Pages
If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing, you can reprint only the specific pages by following the
procedure below:
1.
Set the print range
1.
In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab, click the pages that do not need to be
printed.
The pages that were clicked are deleted, and only the pages to be printed are displayed.
Note
Click the deleted pages to display them again.
Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages.
2.
Complete the setup
2.
After completing the page selection, click OK.
When you perform print, only specified pages will be printed.
Important
Since tiling/poster printing enlarges the document when printing it, the print results may become coarse.
335
background
Booklet Printing
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the
paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the
printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set booklet printing
2.
Select Booklet Printing (Manual) from 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the window.
3. Select the print paper size3.
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4.
Set the margin for stapling and the margin width
4.
Click Preferences... and specify the binding method and margin for the finished booklet in the Booklet
Printing dialog box, and then click OK.
5. Complete the setup5.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you print, the document will be printed on one side of a sheet of paper. When the printing of one
side is complete, set the paper correctly by following the message, and then press OK button on the
printer.
When the printing of the other side is complete, fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a
booklet.
Important
If you want to select Booklet Printing (Manual), select Plain Paper for Media Type on the Media/
Quality tab.
Note
The stamp is not printed on the inserted blank sheets with the Insert blank page function of booklet
printing.
336
background
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in the Basic Settings tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set duplex printing
2.
Select 2-sided Printing (Manual) from 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Select the layout
3.
Select the layout you want to use from the Page Layout list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled4.
The best Binding Location is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings.
To change the setting, select another stapling side from the Binding Location list.
5. Set the margin width5.
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup6.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Then tap Start print on the printer operation panel to print the opposite side.
337
background
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Load envelope on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select the media type3.
Select Envelope from Profiles on the Basic Settings tab.
4.
Select the paper size
4.
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select the envelope size you want to use, and
then click OK.
5.
Set the orientation
5.
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print,
regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom
Settings in the
Maintenance tab.
6. Select the print quality6.
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
7. Click OK7.
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
338
background
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select commonly used settings3.
Display the Basic Settings tab, and for Profiles, select Standard.
4.
Select the paper size
4.
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
5. Select the media type5.
For Media Type, select Hagaki A, Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki.
Important
This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
6.
Set the print orientation
6.
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7.
Select the print quality
7.
For Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
8.
Click OK
8.
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
339
background
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size. Such a
paper size is called "custom size."
You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Basic Settings tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Select the paper size
2.
Select Custom... for Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens.
3.
Set the custom paper size
3.
Specify Units, and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used. Then click OK.
4.
Complete the setup
4.
340
background
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the data is printed with the specified paper size.
Note
If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width
values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a
function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver
to set the values.
Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user-defined media.
For information about printable sizes for user-defined media, see "Media Types You Can Use."
If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Register Paper Information."
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
341
background
Overview of the Printer Driver
Canon IJ Printer Driver
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
Canon IJ Status Monitor
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
Canon IJ Preview
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Maintenance Tab Description
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
Canon IJ Preview Description
342
background
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your computer
so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific
model you are using.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
343
background
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1.
Select print command from application software
1.
In general, select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box.
2.
Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
2.
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
The following instructions are shown using screens displayed in Windows 11 as an example.
1. Select the Settings -> Bluetooth & devices -> Printers & scanners1.
2. Click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the displayed2.
menu
The printer driver setup window appears.
Note
If you're using Windows 10 or earlier, follow the steps below to display the printer driver settings
screen.
1.
Select the Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers
1.
2.
Right-click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the
2.
displayed menu
Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs
regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear
when opening through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding
Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.
344
background
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
345
background
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
2.
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3.
Display Estimated ink levels
3.
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.
Note
When you print on A3 paper or larger paper sizes, the ink may run out before printing is finished
or the printing may become faint or streaky (with white lines).
346
background
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
Depending on the document type to be printed, the paper feed method specified in the printer driver
may not operate correctly.
If this happens, open the printer driver setup window from the Print dialog box of the application
software, and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Media/Quality tab.
With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the
operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, the following functions will not operate.
Preview before printing on the Media/Quality tab
Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
Booklet Printing (Manual) in 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing on the Page Setup tab
Print from Last Page, Collate, Specify Margin..., and Stamp... on the Page Setup tab
Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
If you are using a model that has a card slot, the card slot of the printer may become inaccessible. In
such cases, restart the printer or turn it off and reconnect the USB cable.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
When a setting from 2 on 1 to 16 on 1 or Zoom is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab
of the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce," the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
347
background
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set Booklet Printing (Manual) in Page Layout or 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet Printing
according to your requirements.
4. Click OK to close the window.
5. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
6. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
7. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
8. Start printing.
If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Incorporated), printing may take time or some
data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog
box.
348
background
Canon IJ Preview
The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a
document is actually printed.
The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the
document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the media type and paper source
settings.
When you want to display a preview before printing, open the printer driver setup window, click the Media/
Quality tab, and check the Preview before printing check box.
When you do not want to display a preview before printing, uncheck the check box.
Related Topic
Preventing Printing Errors
349
background
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
This function gets the latest media information from the printer and updates the media information in the
printer driver.
When the media information is updated, the media displayed for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab is
updated to the latest information.
The procedure for updating media information is described below.
Update Media Information
1.
Open printer driver setup screen
1.
2.
On Maintenance tab, click Update Media Information
2.
The Update Media Information dialog box appears.
When media information on the driver cannot be successfully updated, click Initial Check Items and
check the content that is displayed.
3. Update media information3.
By following the dialog instructions, check that the printer is on, and then click Start.
After checking whether or not the printer media information needs to be updated, a message will be
displayed.
If the printer media information is up to date, click OK and finish updating media information.
If the information needs to be updated, follow the below steps to do so:
4.
Update media information
4.
When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer driver media information will update.
Important
It may take some time to update the media information.
5.
Finish updating media information
5.
When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The media information will be updated.
Important
Restart the printer driver after updating media information.
Important
Ensure that a user with administrative privileges carries out the media information update.
Users other than administrators can check if a media information update is required, but cannot carry
out the update itself.
350
background
Do not change media information on the printer while you are updating media information on the
driver.
When you have added, deleted, or edited media using administrative tools (the Media Configuration
Tool) but have not updated the media information, issues may arise such as the inability to print.
351
background
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
1. Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor1.
Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
2.
Display the print jobs
2.
Click Display Print Queue.
The print queue window opens.
3.
Delete the print jobs
3.
Select the print jobs you want to delete, and select Cancel from the Document menu.
When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
The deletion of the print job is complete.
Important
Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot delete the print
job of another user.
352
background
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the
printer.
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
Custom Settings
Opens the Custom Settings dialog box.
Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Note
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error
message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Online Printing Resources
Go to a Canon website with printing resources such as ICC profiles and printing tips.
353
background
Important
To use this function, you must have an Internet connection. Note that you are responsible for any
Internet connection fees.
Update Media Information
Gets the latest media information from the printer and updates the media information in the printer
driver.
When the media information is updated, the media displayed for Media Type on the Media/Quality tab
is updated to the latest information.
When media information on the driver cannot be successfully updated, click Initial Check Items and
check the content that is displayed.
Open Remote UI
Menu for performing printer maintenance and changing settings.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
Custom Settings dialog box
When you click Custom Settings, the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, check this check box.
Important
Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the
left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting.
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper
information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display and
allows you to continue printing.
To enable detection of paper setting mismatches, uncheck this check box.
354
background
Disables paper width detection when printing from computer
Even if the paper width identified by the printer during printing from the computer differs from the
paper width that was set in Paper Size on the Page Setup tab, this function disables the message
display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of the paper width during printing, check this check box.
Initial Check Items (Update Media Information)
Check that the printer is connected to the computer and that printer is turned on.
If you are unable to update media information, check the following points.
Ensure that a user set with administrator privileges carries out the media information update.
Users other than administrators can check if a media information update is required, but cannot carry
out the update itself.
Before updating media information, ensure you have added, edited, or deleted media information on
the printer using the Media Configuration Tool.
Important
It may take some time to update media information.
Do not change media information on the printer while you are updating media information on the
printer driver.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the
printer driver setup window.
Important
If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
Settings for Data Sending
If you click Settings for Data Sending, the Settings for Data Sending dialog box will be displayed.
If it includes data you do not agree to sending, uncheck this check box.
Note
Some printer functions can be set only from the Maintenance tab of Printer properties.
355
background
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
Displays the ink status.
Ink tank types and ink levels can be confirmed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images, icons, and messages to display the printer status and the ink
status.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
356
background
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
If Error Persists
If a warning or an error occurs, you can click the button.
A description of the warning or error will be displayed.
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Click (the disclosure triangle) to display a pictorial representation of the estimated ink level in
the ink tank.
Also, if the remaining ink is low or empty, an icon or a message will appear (Ink level warning /
Ink empty error).
Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels
and the names of ink tanks that the printer can use.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
Envelope Printing
Displays a guide message when envelope printing starts.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide message again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.
Display Firmware Update Notifications
Displays firmware update notifications.
If there's a firmware update available, a dialog box is displayed when you start printing.
357
background
If you add a check mark to Do not show this message again in this dialog box, you can
prevent it from displaying again.
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you to check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and
remaining ink levels.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor
358
background
Canon IJ Preview Description
Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a
document is actually printed.
The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the
document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the media type and paper source
settings.
When you want to display a preview before printing, open the printer driver setup window, and check the
Preview before printing check box on the Media/Quality tab.
File Menu
Selects the print operation.
Start Printing
Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on the preview
screen.
This command has the same function as the Start Printing on the toolbar.
Cancel Printing
Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the
preview screen.
This command has the same function as the Cancel Printing on the toolbar.
Exit
Ends the Canon IJ Preview.
Page Menu
This menu includes the following commands to select page to be displayed.
All of these commands except Page Selection... can also be selected from the toolbar.
Note
If the pages are being spooled, the last spooled page becomes the last page.
359
background
When the following functions are selected, the number of pages is the number of sheets to be
used for printing, and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application
software.
2 on 1 to Poster (4 x 4) in Page Layout on the Page Setup tab
2-sided Printing (Manual) and Booklet Printing (Manual) in 1-sided/2-sided/Booklet
Printing on the Page Setup tab
If duplex printing manually has been set, the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed
together, and then the back pages are displayed.
First Page
Displays the first page of the document.
Previous Page
Displays the page located before the currently displayed page.
Next Page
Displays the page located after the currently displayed page.
Last Page
Displays the last page of the document.
Page Selection...
Displays the Page Selection dialog box.
This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed.
Zoom Menu
Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size.
You can also select the ratio from the drop-down list box located on the toolbar.
Whole
Displays the entire page of data as one page.
50%
Reduces the displayed data to 50% of the actual size to be printed.
100%
Displays the data at the actual size to be printed.
200%
Enlarges the displayed data to 200% of the actual size to be printed.
400%
Enlarges the displayed data to 400% of the actual size to be printed.
Option Menu
This menu includes the following command:
Displays Print Page Information
Displays print setup information (including printer paper size, media type, and page layout) for each
page at the left side of the preview screen.
This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings.
Displays the printing area of the disc
Printable disc positions on the tray are displayed when printing disc labels.
You can check what area on the disc the document will be printed.
360
background
Help Menu
When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed, and you can
check the version and copyright information.
Start Printing button
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ
Preview closes.
Cancel Printing button
Ends the Canon IJ Preview, and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview
screen.
You can click this button while spooling.
Print Page Information Screen
Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen.
This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings.
Important
If the media type and paper source are set from the application software, those settings have
priority and the changed settings may become ineffective.
Printer Paper Size
Displays the paper size of the document to be printed.
Media Type
You can select the media type of the document to be printed.
Paper Source
You can select the paper source of the document to be printed.
Page Layout
Displays the page layout of the document to be printed.
361
background
Updating the Driver
Drivers include a printer driver and MP Drivers. The MP Drivers include a printer driver, ScanGear (scanner
driver), and fax driver.
By updating the Driver to the latest version of the Driver, unresolved problems may be solved.
Important
Check the following if you want to install or delete drivers.
Log on as a user who has the administrator account.
Terminate all running applications.
Installing the Driver
Deleting the Unnecessary Driver
Installing the Driver
1.
Turn on the printer
1.
2. Start the installer2.
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
3. Install the driver3.
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
4. Complete the installation4.
Click Exit.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may
be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
You can download the driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Deleting the Unnecessary Driver
The printer driver which you no longer use can be deleted.
1.
Start the uninstaller
1.
Select Control Panel -> Programs -> Programs and Features.
From the program list, select "Canon XXX Printer Driver/MP Drivers" (where "XXX" is your model
name) and then click Uninstall.
The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears.
362
background
2. Perform the uninstaller2.
Click Start. When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
When all the files have been deleted, click Complete.
The deletion of the Driver is complete.
363
background
Printing from Your Computer (macOS)
Basic Printing Setup Basic
Various Printing Methods
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Printing Using AirPrint
364
background
Basic Printing Setup
The simple setup procedure for carrying out appropriate printing on this printer is as follows:
1. Check that printer is turned on1.
2.
Load paper in printer
2.
3.
Select the printer
3.
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print Dialog.
4.
Select the paper size
4.
For Paper Size, select the paper size to be used.
If necessary, set the number of copies, the pages to be printed, and the orientation.
5.
Select Quality & Media from Printer Options
5.
365
background
6.
Select the media type
6.
For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
Important
In the Presets section, click Save Current Settings as Preset... to register the specified settings.
7.
Select the paper source
7.
For Paper Source, select the setting that matches your purpose.
8.
Select the print quality
8.
For Print Quality, select High, Standard or Fast according to your purpose.
366
background
Important
The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile.
9. Complete the setup9.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document will be printed in accordance with the type and size of the media.
Important
If you are performing large-format printing, make sure that the ink tank has plenty of remaining ink.
To print by using the manual feed tray, perform the operation according to the instructions displayed on
the screen.
Note
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see the
following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
367
background
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer driver or the
printer's operation panel as described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Plain paper
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper High-Res Paper
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information regis-
tered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
PP-301>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A Plus Glossy II A
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101> Photo Paper Pro Platinum Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101> Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Plus Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501> Glossy Photo Paper A Glossy A
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> Glossy Photo Paper A Glossy A
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1> Premium Fine Art Rough Fine Art Rough
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101> Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A ProPremiumMatteA
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on the
printer
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers
<DF-101>
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers DF Iron Transfers
368
background
Commercially available papers
When you use non-genuine Canon paper, you can print easily by using the existing settings that have
been prepared in the printer driver and on the printer's operation panel.
Media name Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information regis-
tered on the printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper Plain paper
Japanese Paper Washi Japanese Paper Washi *1 Japanese Paper
Lightweight Photo Paper (Approximately
0.1mm to less than 0.3mm)
Lightweight Photo Paper *1 Light Photo Paper
Heavyweight Photo Paper (Approximately
0.3mm to less than 0.6mm)
Heavyweight Photo Paper *1 Heavy Photo Paper
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper (Approximately
0.1mm to less than 0.3mm)
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper *1 Heavy Art Paper
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper (Approxi-
mately 0.3mm to less than 0.6mm)
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
*1
EX Hvy Art Paper
Canvas Canvas *1 Canvas
Envelopes Envelope Envelope
T-Shirt Transfers T-Shirt Transfers T-Shirt Transfers
Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card IJ Greeting Card
Card Stock Card Stock Card stock
*1 To improve the print quality and paper feeding when using paper other than Canon genuine paper,
create a custom paper by using Media Configuration Tool and add it to the printer.
These media types can be used as custom paper standards.
Note
If you have added a new media type using the Media Configuration Tool, open the Canon IJ Printer
Utility2, and from Media Information, select Update Media Information (Correct Media Information)
and carry out a driver media information update.
When printing on a newly added media type, change both the media settings on the printer driver and
the registered media information on the printer to those of the new media.
When you set Media Type to Matte Photo Paper, Premium Fine Art Rough, or Photo Paper Pro
Premium Matte A from the Quality & Media menu displayed from Printer Options of the print dialog,
we recommend that you set Paper Size to 4 x 6, L, or "XXX Margin 25" in the print dialog.
For information about printable ranges, refer to "Printing Area."
369
background
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer
4 x 6 KG/4"x6"(10x15)
5 x 7 2L/5"x7"(13x18)
7 x 10 7"x10"(18x25cm)
8 x 10 8"x10"(20x25cm)
10"x12" 25x30cm 10"x12"(25x30cm)
210x594mm 210x594mm
210x594mm Margin 25 210x594mm
A3 A3
A3 (Margin 25) A3
A3+ 13"x19" 33x48cm A3+
A3+ (Margin 25) A3+
A4 A4
A4 (Margin 25) A4
A5 A5
Envelope #10 Envelope Com 10
Envelope Choukei 3 Nagagata 3
Envelope Choukei 4 Nagagata 4
Envelope DL Envelope DL
Envelope You4 Yougata 4
Envelope You6 Yougata 6
JIS B4 B4
JIS B5 B5
L L(89x127mm)
370
background
Postcard Hagaki
Postcard Double Hagaki 2
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm Square 5"
Square 12"x12" 30x30cm 12"x12"(30x30cm)
Tabloid 11"x17"(28x43cm)
Tabloid (Margin 25) 11"x17"(28x43cm)
US Legal Legal
US Letter Letter
US Letter (Margin 25) Letter
Custom Size Others
371
background
Various Printing Methods
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Printing on Postcards
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting the Stapling Margin
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
372
background
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Collate Sheets + Reverse Collate Sheets + Normal Reverse
The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows:
1.
Specify the number of copies to be printed
1.
Specify the number of copies to print from the Copies in the Print Dialog.
2.
Select Paper Handling
2.
3.
Turn on Collate Sheets when you are specifying multiple copies in the Copies box
3.
Turn on Collate Sheets to print all the pages of a single copy together.
Turn off this setting to print all pages with the same page number together.
4.
Specify the print order
4.
373
background
Check Page Order.
When you select Reverse, printing starts from the last page.
When you select Automatic or Normal, printing starts from the first page.
5. Complete the setup5.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
374
background
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
Note
You can also set Magnification level for borderless on the operation panel of the printer, but the
settings on the printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Select sheet size for borderless printing
1.
Select "XXX Borderless" for Paper Size from the print dialog.
2. Select Page Processing from Printer Options2.
3. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper3.
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Borderless Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
When the Borderless Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
4.
Click Print
4.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the
wording "Borderless" from the Paper Size.
375
background
Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the
type of paper used.
When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Note
If you set Media Type to the following paper types from the Quality & Media menu displayed from
Printer Options of the print dialog, borderless full-page printing is not recommended.
Plain Paper
Matte Photo Paper
Premium Fine Art Rough
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Borderless Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
When the Borderless Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in
the full size.
376
background
Scaled Printing
The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows:
1.
Select the printer
1.
In the Page Setup Dialog, select your model name from the Format For list.
2. Set scaled printing2.
Specify the scaling factor in the Scaling box, and click OK.
Note
Depending on the Scaling value that you set, an error message may be displayed.
3.
Complete the setup
3.
On the Print Dialog, click Print.
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the Page Setup dialog.
377
background
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows:
1.
Select Layout in the Print Dialog
1.
2.
Set the number of original you print on one page
2.
In Pages per Sheet, specify the number of page you print on one page.
3.
If necessary, set the following items
3.
378
background
Layout Direction
To change the page placement order, select an icon from the list.
Border
To print a page border around each document page, select a type of page border.
Reverse Page Orientation
Turn this on to change the paper orientation.
Flip Horizontally
Turn this on to reverse left and right of the document.
4.
Complete the setup
4.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
379
background
Setting Up Envelope Printing
The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows:
1. Load envelope into printer1.
2.
Select paper size in print dialog
2.
For Paper Size, select Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Envelope You4, or Envelope You6.
3.
Set printing orientation
3.
To print the addressee information horizontally, select Horizontal for Orientation. Then turn on Reverse
Page Orientation from Layout in the Print dialog.
4. Select Quality & Media from Printer Options4.
5. Select media type5.
For Media Type, select Envelope.
6. Select print quality6.
For Print Quality, select the quality according to your purpose.
7.
Click Print
7.
When you perform printing, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
When printing on an envelope, always select the print settings from the print dialog.
380
background
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for printing on postcards.
1. Load postcard on the printer1.
2.
Select paper size in the Print Dialog
2.
Select Postcard or Postcard Double from the Paper Size menu.
Important
Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Postcard Double from your
application software or the printer driver.
Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
3.
Select Quality & Media from Printer Options
3.
4. Select the media type4.
For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
Important
This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the
message side first and then print the address side.
The paper settings in the print dialog are different, depending on whether you are printing on the
address side or the message side. For details about the paper information to be registered in the
print dialog and on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
5.
Click Print
5.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Important
If you check the Do not show again check box when a guide message is displayed before printing
starts, this will stop any more guide messages from being displayed.
381
background
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Paper Size menu.
Such a paper size is called "custom size."
The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows:
1. Creating a new custom paper size1.
In the Print Dialog, select Manage Custom Sizes... from Paper Size.
In the displayed dialog, click +.
Untitled will be added to the list.
2.
Setting details about the custom paper size
2.
Double-click Untitled, enter the name of the paper size you want to register, and specify the Width and
Height of the paper.
Select User Defined or your model for Margins.
3.
Registering the custom paper size
3.
Click OK.
The custom size is registered.
Important
If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width
values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a
function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver
to set the values.
Note
To duplicate the registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to duplicate from the
Custom Paper Sizes list, and click Duplicate.
To delete a registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to delete from the Custom Paper
Sizes list, and click -.
If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error message may appear on the printer's operation panel. You can still print but you may not be able
to obtain correct print results.
382
background
Setting the Stapling Margin
The procedure for setting the margin width and the staple side is as follows:
1.
Select Page Processing from Printer Options in the Print Dialog
1.
2.
Set the margin width and the staple side
2.
If necessary, set the Margin width, and select a stapling position from the Stapling Side list.
Note
The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin.
383
background
3. Click Print3.
When you perform print, the data is printed with the specified margin width and staple side.
Important
When borderless printing is enabled, Margin and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are
unavailable.
384
background
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size
The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be
used is as follows:
1.
Check the paper size
1.
Check that the Paper Size in the Print Dialog is the same as the paper size that you set in the
application software.
2. Select Paper Handling from the print dialog2.
3.
Set the print paper size
3.
385
background
Turn on Scale to Fit Paper Size. Then in Destination Paper Size, select the paper size that is actually
loaded in the printer.
4. If necessary, turn on Scale Down Only4.
If you turn on Scale Down Only, the document will be reduced to fit the paper size when the document
size is larger than the page size. The document will be printed in the original size when the document
size is smaller than the page size.
5.
Click Print
5.
When printing, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit the page size.
386
background
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
In this printer, there are two paper sources, a manual feed tray and a top feed.
You can facilitate printing by selecting a paper source setting that matches your media type or purpose.
The procedure for setting paper source is as follows:
1. Select Quality & Media from Printer Options in the Print Dialog1.
2.
Select the media type
2.
For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
3.
Select the paper source
3.
For Paper Source, select the item below that matches your purpose.
Manual Feed
Paper is supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Important
When one of the following paper types is selected from Media Type menu of Quality & Media,
paper cannot be supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Plain Paper
Envelope
Hagaki A
Ink Jet Hagaki
Hagaki K
Hagaki
High Resolution Paper
T-Shirt Transfers
When one of the following paper types is selected for Paper Size on the Print dialog, paper
cannot be supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
4 x 6
5 x 7
7 x 10
A5
Envelope #10
Envelope Choukei 3
Envelope Choukei 4
Envelope DL
Envelope You4
Envelope You6
JIS B5
L
Postcard
Postcard Double
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm
387
background
Top Feed
Paper is fed from the top feed.
Important
When one of the following paper types is selected from the Media Type menu of the Quality &
Media, paper cannot be supplied from the top feed.
Heavyweight Photo Paper
Premium Fine Art Rough
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
4.
Complete the setup
4.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the specified paper source to print the data.
Note
If the paper settings in the print dialog differ from the paper information registered on the printer,
an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Register Paper
Information."
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
388
background
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)
Interpreting the ICC Profile
Adjusting Tone
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
389
background
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
The print quality level can be set in the Custom.
The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows:
1. Select Quality & Media from Printer Options in the Print Dialog1.
2.
Select the print quality
2.
Select Custom for Print Quality.
3.
Setting the print quality level
3.
Move the Quality slider to select the print quality level.
Important
Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of media type.
4. Complete the setup4.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the image data is printed with the selected print quality level.
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
390
background
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows:
1.
Select Quality & Media from Printer Options in the Print Dialog
1.
2.
Set black and white photo printing
2.
Check the Black and White Photo Print check box.
3.
Complete the setup
3.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color
document in monochrome.
Note
With Black and White Photo Print, inks other than black ink may be used as well.
Related Topic
Adjusting Tone
391
background
Specifying Color Correction
You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Normally, when data is printed, the printer driver automatically adjusts the colors.
When you want to print by using the color space of the image data effectively or by specifying a printing ICC
profile from your application software, select ColorSync. When you want to print by having the printer driver
correct the colors, select Canon Color Matching.
The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows:
1.
Select Color Matching from Printer Options in the Print Dialog
1.
2.
Select color correction
2.
Select the item below that matches your purpose.
ColorSync
Perform color correction using ColorSync.
Canon Color Matching
The driver will perform necessary adjustments during printing.
For information about driver matching, see "Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver."
392
background
Important
If you think that the colors displayed on the monitor are different from the printed results, go to
Quality & Media, and then select No Color Correction in Rendering Intent.
3. Complete the setup3.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document data is printed with the specified color correction.
Important
Depending on the application software, when a printing ICC profile is specified from that application
software, Canon Color Matching cannot be selected because ColorSync is selected automatically.
The Quality & Media setting is necessary even when ColorSync or Canon Color Matching is
selected.
Related Topics
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)
Interpreting the ICC Profile
393
background
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ
from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor.
To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method
that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose.
Color Management
Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently. Color
management (color matching) is a method that manages device-dependent "colors" as a common color
space.
For macOS, a color management system called "ColorSync" is built into the operating system.
sRGB is one of the common color spaces that is frequently used.
ICC profiles convert device-dependent "colors" into a common color space. By using an ICC profile and
carrying out color management, you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color
reproduction area that the printer can express.
Note
Normally, image files are saved in JPEG format. Some digital cameras allow you to save images in a
format called RAW. RAW data refers to an image saving format that requires a computer to develop
the image. You can embed an input ICC profile tag into a RAW file by using special application
software.
Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data
The recommended printing method depends on the color space of the image data or the application
software to be used.
There are two typical printing methods.
Check the color space of the image data and the application software to be used, and then select the
printing method suited to your purpose.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color correction function of the printer driver.
Select this function when you want to print impressions that are close to those displayed on the
monitor, for example, if you corrected the colors while checking the print image on the monitor.
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of the image data effectively.
You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver
so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data.
The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used.
394
background
Related Topic
Interpreting the ICC Profile
395
background
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
To use printer driver matching when printing, turn on the printer driver's color correction function. Printer
driver matching accurately applies the characteristics of data displayed on the monitor and allows you to
obtain print results of impressions that are close to those displayed on the monitor.
Important
When printing using printer driver matching, Canon recommends that you set the monitor and the
environment light as follows:
Monitor
Color temperature: D50 (5000K)
Brightness: 100 to 120cd/m2
Gamma: 2.2
Environment light
Fluorescent light for D50 color evaluation (color temperature 5000K, high color rendering
properties)
Brightness when looking at printed materials: 500 lx ± 125 lx
Note
When printing from an application software that allows you to identify and specify ICC profiles, use an
ICC profile for printing with that application software and select setting items that manage colors.
The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows:
1. Select Color Matching from Printer Options in the Print Dialog1.
2. Select color correction2.
Select Canon Color Matching.
3.
Select Quality & Media from Printer Options
3.
4. Select the rendering intent4.
Select Perceptual (Photo) in Rendering Intent.
5.
Set the other items
5.
From Printer Options, select Color Options. If necessary, adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow) and adjust Brightness, and Contrast settings.
6.
Complete the setup
6.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data.
396
background
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
397
background
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the
Application Software)
When you print from Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional, or any application software that
can identify input ICC profiles and allows you to specify such profiles, printer uses the color management
system (ColorSync) built-into macOS when printing. The printer prints the editing and touch-up results of the
application software and effectively uses the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data.
To use this printing method, use your application software to select color management items and specify an
input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data.
Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself or one for special Canon paper, be
sure to select color management items from your application software.
For instructions, refer to the manual of the application software you are using.
1.
Select Color Matching from Printer Options in the Print Dialog
1.
2.
Select color correction
2.
Select ColorSync.
You can leave Profile set to Automatic.
Important
Depending on the application software you use, you may not be able to select setting items other
than ColorSync.
398
background
If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or "Printing Paper ICC Profile", the printer
will not be able to print with the correct colors.
If you think that the colors displayed on the monitor are different from the printed results, go to
Quality & Media, and then select No Color Correction in Rendering Intent.
3.
Complete the setup
3.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
399
background
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the
Printer Driver)
Print from an application software that cannot identify or specify input ICC profiles by using the color space
of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data.
1. Select Color Matching from Printer Options in the Print Dialog1.
2. Select color correction2.
Select ColorSync.
You can leave Profile set to Automatic.
Important
If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or "Printing Paper ICC Profile", the printer
will not be able to print with the correct colors.
3.
Complete the setup
3.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Important
You cannot specify an input ICC profile from the printer driver.
400
background
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
401
background
Interpreting the ICC Profile
When specifying an ICC profile for this printer, specify an ICC profile according to the print output media.
The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows.
(1) : Printer model
(2) : Media type
This media name corresponds to the following media type:
Canvas -P: Canvas
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper -P: Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Glossy Photo Paper A: Photo Paper Glossy
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper -P: Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Heavyweight Photo Paper -P: Heavyweight Photo Paper
Japanese Paper Washi -P: Japanese Paper Washi
Lightweight Photo Paper -P: Lightweight Photo Paper
Matte Photo Paper -P: Matte Photo Paper
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A: Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss: Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade: Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade
Photo Paper Pro Luster: Photo Paper Pro Luster
Photo Paper Pro Platinum: Photo Paper Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A: Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte
Premium Fine Art Rough: Premium Fine Art Rough
Note
For ICC profiles that display "-P" at the end of the media type, the print results are the same as
when you set Rendering Intent to Perceptual (Photo).
402
background
Adjusting Tone
When printing black and white photos, you can produce the cooling effects of cool colors and the warming
effects of warm colors.
Cool Tone is selected Black and White is selected Warm Tone is selected
The procedure for adjusting tone is as follows:
1.
Select Quality & Media from Printer Options in the Print Dialog
1.
2.
Select the media type
2.
For Media Type, select the following paper types.
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A
Photo Paper Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade
Lightweight Photo Paper
Heavyweight Photo Paper
Premium Fine Art Rough
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Canvas
Japanese Paper Washi
3.
Set black and white photo printing
3.
Check the Black and White Photo Print check box.
4.
Select Color Options from Printer Options
4.
403
background
5. Adjusting monochrome tones5.
Specify one of the following items from Tone. The selected value will be shown in the preview on the left
side.
Cool Tone
This item adjusts color tones to cool shades (cool black). When you select Cool Tone, a value of
-30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Black and White
This item adjusts color tones to neutral shades. When you select Black and White, a value of 0 is
entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Warm Tone
This item adjusts color tones to warm shades (warm black). When you select Warm Tone, a value
of 30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Custom
You can adjust the color tones while checking the colors in the adjustment area.
To adjust the color tones, either enter values directly or click the up/down arrows. When you enter
values, set values in the range of -100 to 100 for X, and -50 to 50 for Y.
You can also adjust the color tones by clicking or dragging the adjustment area with the mouse.
If you select another color tone and then select Custom again, the values that were preset in
Custom are restored.
Important
Tone and X, Y (Monochromatic adjustment value) are displayed when Black and White Photo
Print check box is selected for Quality & Media.
6.
If necessary, adjust monochromatic colors manually
6.
To adjust the color tones, either enter values directly to X or Y (Monochromatic adjustment value) or click
the up/down arrows.
You can also adjust the color tones by clicking or dragging the adjustment area with the mouse.
7.
Complete the setup
7.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the color document is converted to grayscale data with adjusted tones.
It allows you to print the color document in monochrome.
404
background
Important
If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then Tone, X, and Y appear grayed out and are
unavailable.
Related Topics
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
405
background
Adjusting Color Balance
You can adjust the color tints when printing.
Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes
the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color
balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so
that the overall colors are more uniform.
No adjustment Adjust color balance
The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows:
1. Select Color Options from Printer Options in the Print Dialog1.
2. Adjust color balance2.
There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the
corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved
to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3.
Complete the setup
3.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document is printed with the adjusted color balance.
406
background
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
407
background
Adjusting Brightness
You can brighten or darken the colors of the overall image data during printing.
The following sample shows the case when light colors are darkened when the image data is printed.
No adjustment Darken light colors
The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows:
1.
Select Color Options from Printer Options in the Print Dialog
1.
2.
Adjust brightness
2.
Moving the Brightness slider to the right brightens the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens
the colors.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3.
Complete the setup
3.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the data is printed at the adjusted brightness.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Contrast
408
background
Adjusting Contrast
You can adjust the image contrast during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase
the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images
smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
No adjustment Adjust the contrast
The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows:
1. Select Color Options from Printer Options in the Print Dialog1.
2. Adjust the contrast2.
Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider to the left decreases
the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3.
Complete the setup
3.
Click Print.
When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
409
background
Printing Using AirPrint
You can print photographs, E-mails, web pages, and other documents using AirPrint, even if the printer
driver is not installed or the application is not downloaded.
Important
There are restrictions for printing with AirPrint. Please be aware in advance. If you want to use all the
functions of the printer, use the Canon IJ printer driver.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
AirPrint Operation Environment•
Mac running the latest version of OS
Requirement•
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
Connected to the same network over a LAN
Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
Connected by USB
Add The Printer as AirPrint Printer on Your Mac
1. Open System Settings -> Printers & Scanners1.
2. Click Add Printer, Scanner or Fax...2.
3. Select your printer listed as Bonjour3.
4.
Select your printer from Use
4.
5.
Click Add
5.
The Printer will be added as AirPrint Printer on Your Mac
Print with AirPrint from a Mac
1.
Check that printer is turned on
1.
Note
If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2.
Load paper in printer
2.
3.
Select paper size and paper type from printer
3.
410
background
Register the set paper size and paper type on the printer operation panel.
For instructions, see "Register Paper Information."
4. Start printing from your application software4.
The Print dialog opens.
5.
Select printer
5.
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.
6.
Check print settings
6.
Set paper size and other items as needed.
Set paper type from the printer.
Important
To feed paper from the manual feed tray, select Multi-purpose Tray from Feed From.
An error may occur if the paper size set in the print dialog is different from the paper size set
on the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that correspond to the
paper being printed.
Note
Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.
You can set Print quality settings (Color mode) and Magnification level for borderless on
the operation panel of the printer. For details, see "Print settings."
7.
Click Print
7.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
You cannot use AirPrint if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and
enable Bonjour settings.
Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems when using AirPrint.
The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
Deleting Print Job
Use Stop button from printer to cancel the print job.
Restrictions on the AirPrint
Some paper sizes that are compatible with the Canon IJ printer driver are not compatible with AirPrint.
If using these sizes, set a "custom size."
411
background
macOS Printer Driver
Overview of the Printer Driver
Description of Print Dialog
Updating the Printer Driver
412
background
Overview of the Printer Driver
Canon IJ Printer Driver
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog
Page Setup Dialog
Print Dialog
Canon IJ Printer Utility2
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
413
background
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for
printing data with this printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific
model you are using.
Using Help of the Printer Driver
You can display Help function from the Print Dialog.
Select a setup item from Printer Options in the Print dialog. Then click help at the bottom left of the
screen to display an explanation of the item.
Help for the printer driver is displayed when the following item in Printer Options is selected:
Quality & Media
Color Options
Advanced Paper Settings
Page Processing
414
background
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog
You can display the printer driver setup dialog from the application software you are using.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1.
Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Page Setup Dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1.
Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Print Dialog opens.
Important
Depending on the macOS version or the application you are using, the print dialog screen display may
differ.
Also, some features may be restricted.
415
background
Page Setup Dialog
In the Page Setup dialog, you configure the basic print settings such as the size of paper loaded in the
printer or the scaling ratio.
To open the Page Setup dialog, you typically select Page Setup... from the File menu of your application
software.
Format For
Select the model to be used for printing.
Paper Size
Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.
To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....
Orientation
Select the print orientation.
Scaling
Set the scaling percentage.
You can expand or reduce the size of the document when printing.
416
background
Print Dialog
In the Print dialog, you can set paper type, paper source and print quality to start printing.
To open the Print dialog, you typically select Print... from the File menu of your application software.
Printer
Select the model to be used for printing.
When you click Add Printer..., a dialog for specifying the printer opens.
Presets
You can save or delete the settings of the Print dialog.
Copies
You can set the number of copies to be printed.
Note
You can set collated printing by choosing Paper Handling.
Pages
You can set the range of pages to be printed.
Paper Size
Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.
To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....
Orientation
Select the print orientation.
417
background
Printer Options
You can switch between pages in the Print dialog by Printer Options. The first menu to appear differs
depending on the application software that opened the Print dialog.
You can choose one of the following items from Printer Options.
Color Matching
You can select the color correction method.
Quality & Media
You can set basic print settings that match the printer.
Color Options
You can adjust the print colors as you desire.
Advanced Paper Settings
Specifies detailed print settings that match the media type loaded in the printer.
Page Processing
Adjusts how much of the document extends outside the paper when full-page borderless printing is
used, and specifies the stapling side and stapling margin when multiple sheets of paper are being
stapled together.
Printer Info
Supply Levels
A rough indication of the remaining ink level is displayed.
PDF
You can save a document in PDF (Portable Document Format) format.
By starting up Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout, it is possible to allocate multiple source
documents, and display the print results in imagePROGRAF Preview.
418
background
Canon IJ Printer Utility2
The Canon IJ Printer Utility2 allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
What You Can Do with the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
You can switch between pages in Canon IJ Printer Utility2 by the pop-up menu. You can choose one of the
following items from the pop-up menu.
Media Information
Gets the latest media information from the printer and updates the media information in the printer
driver.
Online Printing Resources
Go to a Canon website with printing resources such as ICC profiles and printing tips.
Important
To use this function, you must have an Internet connection. Note that you are responsible for any
Internet connection fees.
Custom Settings
Change the settings of this printer.
Note
To operate the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, you must first turn on the printer.
Depending on the items selected, the computer communicates with the printer to obtain information. If
the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, an error message may be displayed.
If this happens, click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
419
background
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, follow the steps below.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Start the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
2.
Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies....
Click Open Printer Utility in Utility tab.
Canon IJ Printer Utility2 is launched.
420
background
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen1.
If the print data has been sent to the printer
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
printer icon displayed on the Dock.
If the print data has not been sent to the printer
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select your printer model from the printer list, and then click
Printer Queue....
2.
Check the printing status
2.
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
Important
If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.
The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
If the content of the error message is difficult to understand, check the error message displayed on the
printer operation panel.
421
background
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
When you set up the Page Setup dialog, be sure to begin by selecting the model you are using from
the Format For list. If you select another printer, printing may not be performed properly.
The following functions cannot be used in macOS, though they can be used in Windows computers.
Duplex Printing
Booklet Printing
Poster Printing
Stamp Printing
Depending on the macOS version or the application you are using, the print dialog screen display may
differ.
Also, some features may be restricted.
If you connect this printer and AirPort with a USB cable and print, you must install the latest AirPort
firmware.
Notes on Adding a Printer
Install the Canon printer driver on a macOS, select your model from the Add Printer dialog, and then
select Canon XXX (where "XXX" is your model name) from UseSelect Software....
422
background
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Select your model, and then click Printer Queue...
2.
The print status check screen appears.
3.
Select the unnecessary print job and click (Delete)
3.
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
423
background
Description of Print Dialog
Quality & Media
Color Options
Advanced Paper Settings
Page Processing
424
background
Quality & Media
This dialog allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the paper type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items in this dialog.
Media Type
Select the type of media to be used.
You must select the type of media actually loaded in the printer. This selection enables the printer to
carry out printing properly for the material of the media used.
Note
After updating media information of the printer, start up the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 and update
media information.
Paper Source
Select the source from which paper is supplied.
Manual Feed
Paper is supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Top Feed
Paper is fed from the top feed.
Print Quality
Select the one that is closest to the original document type and the purpose.
When one of the radio buttons is selected, the appropriate quality will be set automatically.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Fast
Gives priority to printing speed over print quality.
Custom
Select this radio button to specify a quality.
Quality
When you select Custom in Print Quality, you can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality
level.
Black and White Photo Print
Set black and white photo printing. Black and white photo printing refers to the function of converting
your document to grayscale data in the printer to print it in monochrome.
425
background
When you check the check box, both monochrome and color documents will be printed in monochrome.
When printing a color document, be sure to uncheck the check box.
Rendering Intent
Specify the method of matching to use when selecting Canon Color Matching in Color Matching.
Perceptual (Photo)
Reproduces colors of general photos naturally and features smooth gradation. In addition, selecting
this setting allows you to adjust colors easily using an application software.
No Color Correction
Performs printing without color matching.
Note
When printing on a double postcard, select Postcard Double for Paper Size, and then print again.
If you print on paper other than hagaki, load the paper according to usage instructions, and then click
OK.
Related Topics
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
426
background
Color Options
This dialog allows you to adjust the print color as you like. If the color of the printed image is not as
expected, adjust the properties in the dialog and retry printing.
The adjustments made here do not affect the colors of the original print data unlike applications dedicated to
image processing. Use this dialog just to make fine adjustments.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
As you adjust each item, the effects are reflected in the color and brightness.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
When you want to display the sample image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Note
When the Black and White Photo Print check box is checked in the Quality & Media, the sample
graphic is displayed in monochrome.
Color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow)
If necessary, adjust the strength of each color. To strengthen a color, drag the slider to the right. To
weaken a color, drag the slider to the left.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Adjusting the color balance will result in variations in the balance among the volumes of the individual
color inks and hence in the hues of the document as a whole.
Use the printer driver only when adjusting the color balance slightly. To change the color balance
significantly, use the application software.
Tone
Sets the color adjustment for monochrome printing.
You can select Cool Tone, Black and White, Warm Tone or Custom.
You can also enter X and Y values while checking the color tone, click the adjustment area with the
mouse, or adjust the tone by dragging the slider.
Cool Tone
This item adjusts color tones to cool shades of gray (cool black). When you select Cool Tone, a
value of -30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Black and White
This item adjusts color tones to neutral shades of gray. When you select Black and White, a value
of 0 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
427
background
Warm Tone
This item adjusts color tones to warm shades of gray (warm black). When you select Warm Tone,
a value of 30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Custom
You can adjust the color tones while checking the colors in the adjustment area. To adjust the color
tones, either enter values directly or click the up/down arrows. You can also adjust the color tones
by clicking or dragging the adjustment area with the mouse. If you select another color tone and
then select Custom again, the values that were preset in Custom are restored.
X, Y (Monochromatic adjustment value)
If necessary, you can adjust monochromatic colors manually. To adjust the color tones, either enter
values directly or click the up/down arrows. You can also adjust the color tones by clicking or
dragging the adjustment area with the mouse. When you enter values, set values in the range of
-100 to 100 for X, and -50 to 50 for Y. The selected value will be shown in the preview on the left
side.
Important
Tone and X, Y (Monochromatic adjustment value) are displayed when Black and White Photo
Print check box is selected for Quality & Media.
Depending on the settings in Media Type under Quality & Media, you may be unable to use these
settings.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Colors become brighter as you
drag the slider toward the right and darker as you drag the slider toward the left. You can also directly
enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Contrast
The Contrast function changes the differences between light and dark in images during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct,
increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of
images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Tone
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
428
background
Advanced Paper Settings
Use this dialog box to set detailed print settings that match the media type loaded on the printer.
If the paper becomes stained during printing or if the quality of the print results is less than expected, using
these settings may improve the print results.
Drying Time
Allows you to set how long the printer rests before printing of the next page starts.
If the next page is ejected before the print surface dries completely and the paper becomes stained, set
a longer ink drying wait time.
Print Head Height
Allows you to widen the gap between the print head and the paper to reduce paper abrasion when
printing high density pages. To reduce paper abrasion, select Avoid Paper Abrasion.
Cancel Margin Regulation
Cancels the safety margin regulation when you set Media Type to Matte Photo Paper, Premium Fine
Art Rough, or Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A from the Quality & Media menu displayed from
Printer Options of the print dialog.
When you check this item, the safety margin regulation is canceled, printing in a wider print area and
borderless full-page printing become possible, and printing can be performed for all paper sizes.
When the safety margin regulation is canceled, the paper may become smudged or the print quality
may drop depending on the paper size used and the environment.
If that happens, we recommend that you print on a paper size that has large margins.
429
background
Page Processing
Use this dialog to adjust how much of the document extends outside the paper when full-page borderless
printing is used and to specify the stapling side and stapling margin when multiple sheets of paper are being
stapled together.
Borderless Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends outside the paper by using the Borderless Extension
slider bar.
Drag to slider bar to the right to increase the extension amount, and to the left to decrease the
extension amount.
Margin
Sets the margin width for stapling multiple sheets of paper together. Values from 0 mm to 30 mm (0 in.
to 1.2 in.) can be entered.
Stapling Side
Sets the side of the paper to be stapled.
Long-side stapling (Left) / Long-side stapling (Right)
Select this when stapling the long side of the paper.
Select either left or right.
Short-side stapling (Top) / Short-side stapling (Bottom)
Select this when stapling the short side of the paper.
Select either top or bottom.
Related Topics
Perform Borderless Printing
Setting the Stapling Margin
430
background
Updating the Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
Before Installing the Printer Driver
431
background
Installing the Printer Driver
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model.
The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows:
1. Mount the disk1.
Double-click the disk image file you have downloaded.
The file is unpacked, and then the disk is mounted.
2.
Start the installer
2.
Double-click "PrinterDriver_XXX_YYY.pkg" (where "XXX" is your model name, and "YYY" is version)
contained in the disk.
3.
Start the installation
3.
Install the printer driver according to the messages on the screen.
When the Software License Agreement is displayed, check the contents, and click Continue. If you do
not agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, you cannot install this software.
4. Selecting the install destination4.
If necessary, select where you want to install the printer driver, and then click Continue.
5. Executing the installation5.
Click Install.
When the authentication screen is displayed, enter the name and password of the administrator, and
then click Install Software.
6. Complete the installation6.
When the completion message appears, click Close.
The printer driver is installed successfully.
Important
If the Installer does not operate properly, select Quit Installer from the Installer menu of the Finder to
quit the Installer. Then start the Installer again.
You can download the printer driver for free, but you are responsible for paying any connection fees to
the Internet.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
Before Installing the Printer Driver
432
background
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver, unresolved problems may be solved.
You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model.
Important
You can download the printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Related Topics
Before Installing the Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
433
background
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
A Canon IJ Printer that you no longer use can be deleted from the printer list.
Before deleting the Canon IJ Printer, disconnect the cable that connects the printer to the computer.
The procedure to delete the unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the printer list is as follows:
You cannot delete the Canon IJ Printer unless you are logged on as a user with administrative rights.
1.
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners
1.
2.
Delete the Canon IJ Printer from the printer list
2.
From the printer list, select the Canon IJ Printer to be deleted, and then click Remove Printer....
Click Remove Printer when the confirmation message appears.
434
background
Before Installing the Printer Driver
This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver. You should also
refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed.
Checking the Personal Computer Settings
Terminate all running applications.
Log on as a user who has the administrator account. The installer will prompt you to enter the name
and password of the administrative user. When multiple users are using macOS, log on with the
account of the administrator who registered first.
Important
When you upgrade macOS, all printer drivers that were installed will be deleted.
If you plan to continue using this printer, re-install the latest printer driver.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
435
background
Printing from Printer
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
436
background
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
You can print a standard form such as pattern paper, graph paper, staff paper, a checklist, or a schedule
form.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Select Template print on the HOME screen, then press the OK button.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use the buttons to select template you want to print and press the OK button.
3.
When a message appears, check it and press the OK.
4.
Use the buttons to select the form you want to print and press the OK button.
4.
5. If necessary, change the settings using the buttons and press the OK button.5.
Copies
Use the buttons to specify the number of copies and press the OK button.
Page size
Use the buttons to select the page size and press the OK button.
Note
Depending on the form, some setting of page size cannot be specified. If it is selected,
and Error details are displayed on the printer's LCD. In this case, select on the upper left
on the printer's LCD to check the message and change the setting.
Type
Use the buttons to select the media type and press the OK button.
Paper src
When printing using Template print, Top feed is the only paper feed position available.
6.
Load paper.
6.
437
background
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
7. Select Start print.7.
The printer starts printing.
438
background
Uneven Colors
White Streaks
Black Streaks
Streaked Colors
Blurry or Fuzzy
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Frequently Asked Questions
Print Quality Problems
Uneven, Streaks, Faint
Smudged
439
background
Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Ink Blots/Paper Curl
Ink Does Not Come Out
Inaccurate colors
Lines
Others
Search by Category
Error
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
Printer Does Not Print
"1000" is displayed
Cannot Use Previous App
440
background
Network
Network Connection Setup Guide
Network Communication Problems
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Connecting to a Printer
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Check the SSID and Encryption Key of the Wireless Router Connected to Your Computer or
Smartphone
Printing
Loading Paper
Ink Does Not Come Out
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Printer Does Not Print
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Security / Other
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Replacing Ink Tanks
Printer Does Not Turn On
Questions not Listed Above
Error
"1300" is displayed
Disable notifications for "2114" error
Network
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen
441
background
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows)
Printing Network Setting Information
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
USB Connection Problems
Updating Printer Firmware
Manual connect
Network Solution 1-2-3
Printing
Printing Stops
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows)
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
Security / Other
Printer Does Not Turn On
Maintenance
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in Operation Panel
Operation Problems
442
background
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Wired LAN
Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
WPS (Router Button) Connection
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
443
background
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Wired LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Detect Same Printer Name
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
444
background
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
445
background
Network Communication Problems
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Wireless Router Problems
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network
446
background
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer
Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
447
background
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Important
Make sure the following four items first.
If the security settings on the wireless router are enabled, to disable the settings may solve the
problem.
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
If the printer does not support 5 GHz, enable 2.4 GHz on the wireless router.
To disable Band Steering function* of wireless router may solve the problem.
If the same SSID is assigned for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, to assign different SSID may solve the
problem.
* Band Steering function: Band Steering monitors a Wi-Fi network and automatically assigns
devices to their optimal frequency band within 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency bands depending
on the situation.
In the following cases, set up the printer again.
When you buy a new computer or wireless router•
When you change the settings on your wireless router•
When the connection method (Wi-Fi / USB) of the printer is changed•
For more on the setup procedure;
Set Up
Important
When you forget the administrator password of the printer, contact your nearest Canon service center.
In Other Cases Than Above:
If the printer suddenly stops working, even though you have not changed the settings of the device or
network to which it is connected, or if you cannot find the printer during the setup process, check and
solve the problem, using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. After the condition improves, redo the setup of the
printer.
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is a powerful solution tool for network problems.
Step 1
Check Basic Items for Network.
Step 2
Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
448
background
Step 3
If the Solution Tool Does Not Solve the Problem.
Step 1 : Check Basic Items for Network.
Check 1
Check power status.
Check your printer and the network device (wireless router, etc.) are turned on.
If you are in the process of setting up, interrupt it and check if the wireless router (modem) is turned on and then
check if the printer is turned on.
1. Check if network device such as router is turned on.1.
If network devices are not turned on, turn on the power. If the network devices are on, turn them off
and on again.
It may take a while for the network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Proceed once the network device such as router is ready for use.
2.
Check if printer is turned on.
2.
If printer is not turned on, turn on the power. If the printer is on, turn it off and on again.
Proceed once you complete checking the power status above.
Check 2
Check PC network connection.
If your computer and network devices (wireless router, etc.) are fully configured, your computer is ready to
connect to the network.
1.
Check the settings of the network device (wireless router, etc.).
1.
Connect to the Internet and see if you can browse any web page. If you cannot view web pages on
your computer, check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC
address filtering, and DHCP function.
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, print the network
settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a•
bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric
characters at the end of network name.
For more on checking the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual•
supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
If you use an encryption key, specify it for the network name (SSID) you are using. For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
449
background
2. Check PC network connection.2.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the computer, or contact the
manufacturer.
Once you complete setting up the wireless router and your computer, configure the settings on your computer in
order to view web pages, using the information of the wireless router.
Proceed once you complete checking the network connection above.
Check 3
Check printer's network settings.
For Wi-Fi
For Wired LAN
For Wi-Fi
Make sure that
icon appears on the printer's operation panel.
If icon is displayed.
icon indicates that the wireless router and the printer are not connected. Check the setting of printer.
Reconsider the location of the wireless router and the printer in the next check.
If
or icon is displayed.
The printer is not set to use Wi-Fi.
Select LAN settings on HOME screen > Wi-Fi > Settings > in this order, and select Enable for Enable/disable
Wi-Fi.
For Wired LAN
1.
Check the power and LAN cable.
1.
When the printer cannot be found on the setup screen, using LAN connection setup, make sure that
all the network devices are connected to the router and the hub via LAN cables and that all the
devices are turned on.
If LAN cable is not connected:
Connect the router, hub, computer and printer via LAN cables.
Check that printer is turned on.
Turning the Printer On and Off
Make sure the printer, the router and the hub are turned on.
If LAN cable is connected, and printer and network device are off:
Turn on printer and network device.
If LAN cable is connected, and printer and network device are on:
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power.
450
background
Note
It may take a while to become ready for use once they are turned on. Wait until all devices•
are ready before proceeding.
2. Check printer's Wired LAN settings.2.
Make sure that icon appears on the printer's operation panel.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to use wired communication. Enable Wired LAN from the printer settings.
Select LAN settings on HOME screen > Wired LAN > Settings in this order, and select
Enable for Enable/disable Wired LAN.
Check 4
Check location of wireless router.
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
The printer can be up 50 m (164 ft.) from the wireless router indoors if unobstructed. Make sure the printer is
close enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Step 2 : Solve Problems, Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Step 3 : If the Solution Tool Does Not Solve the Problem.
Check 1
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to
access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings.
451
background
Check 2
If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If your network name (SSID) contains characters other than single-byte alphanumeric characters, the connection
is not established properly. Change the network name (SSID) to use only single-byte alphanumeric characters.
Check 3
Solve network troubles with the printer's diagnostic functions.
See below.
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Check 4
Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of Printer
properties dialog box (Windows).
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Related Topics
Network Communication Problems
452
background
Wireless Router Problems
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router
Settings
WPS (Router Button) Connection
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
453
background
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, check the following items.
WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Key Set for wireless router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
Check the wireless router settings. For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual
provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate
with the wireless router.
Setting an Encryption Key
Select the encryption containing WPA2.
Note
The factory default of wireless router supporting WPA3 may be set to WPA3.
Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router using the settings you have selected.
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
Using WPA2/WPA3
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
454
background
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
AES (more secure encryption than TKIP) is selected as the dynamic encryption method. The printer
does not support TKIP If the wireless router settings are set to "TKIP only", you will not be able to
connect to the printer.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Details Screen Appears.
Note
This printer supports the following.
WPA-PSK (WPA-Personal)
WPA2-PSK (WPA2-Personal)
WPA3-SAE (WPA3-Personal)
Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). To configure•
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), you also need to configure the authentication
(Radius) server.
Contact the network administrator for more information.
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of•
the printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method,
operating procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
455
background
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When wireless router is replaced or router settings are changed, the network settings of your computer,
smartphone/tablet or printer must be reconfigured according to the new wireless router.
Check 1
Check if your computer or smartphone/tablet can be connected to Internet
through the new wireless router.
If your computer or smartphone/tablet cannot be connected to Internet, check if the wireless router setup is
completed and configure the settings on the computer or smartphone/tablet to connect to the wireless router.
Check 2
Restart printer network.
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
Note
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check 1
Check wireless router setting.
456
background
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Check 2
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check
that MAC addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are
registered.
Check 3
If using WPA/WPA2/WPA3 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
Note
Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). To configure•
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), you also need to configure the authentication
(Radius) server.
Contact the network administrator for more information.
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after you change the encryption type for the wireless
router, make sure the encryption type and passkey or password for the computer matches that of the
wireless router.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
wireless router
457
background
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Status Code
Printing Network Settings
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Default Network Settings
Connecting with Wireless Direct
458
background
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic
Functions
If the printer and wireless router are connected or the printer and computer are connected by USB cable•
but you cannot print:
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows)
In other cases than above:•
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Print
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Print
Printing Out Network Settings Information
Note
indicates descriptions related to Wi-Fi.•
indicates descriptions related to wired LAN.
Follow the procedure below to print out the network settings information.
Step 1
Check that printer and wireless router are turned on.
Turn the wireless router back on.
Wait about five minutes and then turn the printer back on.
Step 2
Check your devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) are connected to
Internet.
Make sure that devices and the wireless router are connected to via Wi-Fi or Wired LAN, and that the Internet
can be used without problems.
Step 3
Make sure the printer's Wi-Fi setting is enabled and the or
icon is displayed.
Make sure the printer's Wired LAN setting is enabled and the icon is
displayed.
Step 4
Move the printer and device (computer/smartphone/tablet) closer to the
wireless router.
Wireless communication quality deteriorates if the printer or devices are too far from the wireless router. Move
the printer and device closer to the wireless router.
459
background
Make sure the LAN cable is inserted.
Try reconnecting the LAN cable to the printer and wireless router.
Step 5
Print the network settings.
Print out the network settings information on your printer.
Printing Network Settings
Note
For troubleshooting IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), refer to the following.•
Setting Up IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise)
Checking Printed Network Settings Information:
From the printed network settings information, check the entries in item "2-2".
C-0
It is connected correctly. If, nevertheless, the printer is not found on the network or
printing is not possible, check the following items.
Note
If codes other than "C-0" are displayed at the same time in the item "2-2" see also the correspondence•
of the other codes.
Check 1
Check that security software's firewall is off.
A message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning
message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
Quit the security software and make sure that the printer is recognized and ready to use. If so, the cause is
the firewall setting. Change the firewall settings so that the printer is recognized and ready to use. For details,
contact the manufacturer of the security software.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings.
Check 2
Does network name (SSID) of printer match network name (SSID)
setting of wireless router that communicates?
Check the "3-2-6" item in the printed network settings information and the network name (SSID) of the wireless
router you want to connect to. If they are not matched, check the SSID and password of the wireless router you
want to connect to, and then setup manually.
Check 3
Is privacy separator, SSID separator, or Network separation function
enabled on wireless router?
If it is enabled, disable these functions before performing the setup. To check the settings of the wireless router,
refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
Check 4
Are MP Drivers (Printer Driver) installed? (Windows)
460
background
If you are using Windows and MP Drivers (Printer Driver) are not installed, install it.
Set Up
C-1
The printer's Wi-Fi setting is disabled. (You can also check if the Wi-Fi icon or does
not appear on the printer's screen.)
Enable the Wi-Fi setting in the printer's settings screen.
Wired LAN setting is disabled. (The icon representing the Wired LAN is not displayed on
the operation panel.)
Enable the Wired LAN setting from the operation panel.
C-2
Wired LAN setting is disabled. Make sure the printer and wireless router are connected via LAN
cable.
If the LAN cable is disconnected, connect it correctly.
If your LAN cable is connected to the WAN port of the wireless router, connect it to the LAN port of the
wireless router.
C-3
No IP address is assigned. (You can also check that the item "3-2-12" in the printed
network settings information is blank.)
Check the following items.
Check 1
Is printer set to obtain an IP address automatically, or is
wireless router requesting manual addressing?
Refer to the wireless router's manual to enable DHCP (auto-acquisition) settings on the wireless router or to set
a valid IP address on the printer.
Check 2
When you set printer's IP address manually, correct IP
address may not be set.
Check the network name (SSID) and the password of the wireless router you want to connect to, the IP address
applicable range, and then enter the appropriate IP address on the printer side. If you are unsure, set the
printer's IP address to automatic (DHCP).
C-5
Unable to connect to the specified network. Check the following items.
Check 1
Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router),
and your PC/smartphone/tablet.
461
background
This printer can be connected to a wireless router that supports 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or both bands. If the wireless
router is set up to use the same SSID for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, set up that SSID on the printer so that the printer
and wireless router can be connected at either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
Note
Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a bandwidth
(2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric characters at the end of
network name.
Check 2
Password on your wireless router may not match password you
entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check 3
Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as
necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information to
determine the installation location.
Check 4
Check wireless channel number of Wi-Fi you are using on computer.
Make sure that the wireless channel number on the wireless router is included in the wireless channel number
you checked. If the wireless channel number set for the wireless router is not included, change the wireless
channel number of the wireless router.
Check 5
In case of Wi-Fi connection, check if computer that can be accessed
by wireless router is restricted.
The wireless router settings may be limiting the number of devices that can be connected at the same time.
Remove or relax the restrictions.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
Check 6
If problem occurs only when wireless router is in energy-saving
mode, turn off energy-saving mode of wireless router.
462
background
If the problem seems to occur suddenly, it may be resolved by updating the wireless router firmware (e.g.
update interval of a key, problems of DHCP update interval, etc.). For details, refer to the wireless router's
instruction manual.
Check 7
If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure
you use alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If your network name (SSID) contains characters other than single-byte alphanumeric characters, the
connection is not established properly. Change the network (SSID) of the printer to use only single-byte
alphanumeric characters.
C-4
No default gateway is set.
When you set the IP address of the printer manually, enter a valid default gateway IP address. If you don't
know the default gateway, set the IP address to automatic.
C-7
There may be a problem with the signal.
Check the following items.
Check
Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as
necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1" in the printed network settings information
and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-8
Too many clients are connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
If you want to connect additional devices to the printer, unplug any devices that are not in use before
adding them.
C-9
The noise level is high and does not differ from the signal level due to various devices other than
the printer.
463
background
If devices (microwave oven, external hard disk drive, and other USB 3.0 devices) that emit radio waves
of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the
printer and the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
After you change the location of the printer, check the signal quality. Compare the value of "3-2-2" in
the network settings information and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-10
No IP address is assigned by the wireless router.
Check the following items.
Check 1
Password on your wireless router may not match password you
entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check 2
Set up printer again and reconnect to Wi-Fi.
Check 3
Check DHCP of wireless router. If DHCP is off, set it on.
For details, refer to the wireless router's instruction manual.
C-11
The network name (SSID) remains the default value (The network name (SSID) has not been
set). Check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router.
Verify the network name (SSID) and password of the wireless router you want to connect to, and then set it
up manually.
Note
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
464
background
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Check the following items
Check 1
Check power status of printer and other devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/
tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power.
Check 2
Check settings of your device (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to the device's instruction manual.
Check 3
Print out network settings information.
See "Step 1" to "Step 5" in Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing.
In the printed network settings information, check if the item "2-2" is not "C-8". If this is the case, the number of
connected printers is too many.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
When you want to connect additional devices, disconnect any devices that are not in use before adding them.
Check 4
Check that printer is selected as connection for various devices (e.g.
computer/smartphone/tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
Display on the operation panel of the printer.•
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check 5
Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information.
Display on the operation panel of the printer.•
LAN settings
465
background
Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
Check 6
Check that printer is not placed too far away from device.
If the distance between the printer and the device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and the device close to each other.
Note
Wireless Direct is set to disabled when you connect to and use an EAP router. Also, if you set•
Wireless Direct to enable in this case, the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) will be disabled.
When using IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), enable Administrator mode so that•
the Wireless Direct settings cannot be changed.
466
background
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
Display on the operation panel.•
LAN settings
Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.1.
2.
Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
2.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
For macOS:
1.
Select System Settings from Apple menu, and then click Network.
1.
2.
Make sure network interface used by computer is selected.
2.
Make sure Wi-Fi is Connected when connecting via Wi-Fi or Ethernet is Connected for Wired
LAN connection and click.
467
background
3. Click Details to check the IP address.3.
The IP address of your computer appears. To check the MAC Address, click Hardware.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
wireless router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
For Windows:
1.
Select Command Prompt from Start.
1.
2.
Type "ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" and press Enter.
2.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
For macOS:
1. Start Terminal as shown below.1.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > Applications >
Utilities > Terminal.
2.
Type "ping -c3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" and press Enter.
2.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If the following message is displayed, communication is not working properly.
PING XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX (XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX) : 56 data bytes
---XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 0 packets received, 100% packet loss
468
background
Checking Network Setting Information
To check the printer's network settings information, display it using the operation panel of the printer or
print it out.
Display on the operation panel of the printer.•
LAN settings
Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
469
background
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load three or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized Plain Paper.
2.
Loading Paper
3.
Select LAN settings on HOME screen.
3.
Note
If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.•
4. Select Print details.4.
5. Check message and select Yes.5.
6.
When the confirmation screen for printing passwords appears, select Yes or No.
6.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information -
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
1-4 Default Password Initial administrator
password
XXXXXXXX
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics -
470
background
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details See Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic
Functions to check details on the diagnostic result and re-
sult codes.
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency 2.4/5 [GHz]
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7 Channel Channel XXX (1 to 13, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 100, 104, 108,
112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140, 149, 153, 157, 161,
165)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method none/AES
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method none/auto/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA3-SAE/WPA-EAP/
WPA2-EAP/WPA3-EAP
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
471
background
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
3-2-35 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wireless LAN)
Enable/Disable
3-3 Wireless Direct/Access
Point Mode
Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3,6,36,40
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
472
background
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
3-3-17 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wireless direct)
Disable
3-3-18 Frequency Wireless Direct fre-
quency
2.4/5 [GHz]
4 Wired LAN Wired LAN Enable/Disable
4-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
4-2 Connection Wired LAN status Active/Inactive
4-3 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
4-4 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-5 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-6 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-7 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
4-8 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-9 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
4-10 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-11 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
4-12 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
473
background
4-13 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
4-14 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-15 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
4-16 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-17 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
4-18 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-19 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-20 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-21 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-25 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
4-26 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
4-27 Wired LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wired LAN)
Enable/Disable
5 Other Settings Other settings -
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name
5-2 Wireless Direct Dev-
Name
Device name for wire-
less direct
Device name for wireless direct
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
474
background
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server ad-
dress automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
7 Web Services Web services -
7-1 Unsent Usage Logs Number of unsent us-
age logs
0 to 200
7-2 Usage Log Last Sent Last date when usage
log was sent
XXXXXXXX
7-3 Web Service Status Registration status Not set/Disabled/Registration pending/Registered
7-4 Log Transmission Sta-
tus
Transmission result Not activated/Processing/Server error/Connection er-
ror/Timeout error/Error/Awaiting server response/Active
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
475
background
Restoring Printer's LAN Settings to Defaults
Important
Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing/scanning/faxing operation from•
a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the
factory defaults, refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
If LCD, Remote UI, and other tools is set as the scope for Administrator password settings, the•
administrator password must be entered.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset settings
476
background
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
Network name (SSID) BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security Disable
IP address (IPv4) Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting (WSD) 15 min.
Enable/disable Bonjour Enable
Bonjour service name* Canon ModelName
LPR protocol settings Enable
RAW protocol ON
LLMNR ON
Wi-Fi DRX settings Enable
Wired LAN DRX settings Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. Depending on the model, use operation panel to check value of the
printer.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
477
background
Network name (SSID) DIRECT-abXX-ModelName *1 *2
Password YYYYYYYYYY *3
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK (AES)
Connection request confirmation Displayed
2.4GHz/5GHz Switch 2.4GHz
*1 Default value depends on printer. Depending on the model, use operation panel to check value of the
printer.
*2 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*3 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
478
background
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)•
Direct wireless connection (connecting devices directly without a wireless router)•
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
Important
You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.•
Check the usage restrictions and connect the printer to the Wireless Direct.•
Restrictions
Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). If you enable Wireless Direct•
while IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise) is enabled, Enable/disable Wi-Fi is set to
Disable.
To connect with IEEE802.1X/EAP again, select LAN settings on HOME screen > Wi-Fi > Settings in
this order, and select Enable for Enable/disable Wi-Fi.
When IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise) is enabled, enable Administrator mode so
that the Wireless Direct settings cannot be changed.
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless
Direct
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Select LAN settings on HOME screen and press OK button.
2.
Setting Items on Operation Panel
3.
Select Wireless Direct and press OK button.
3.
4.
Select Settings and press OK button.
4.
5.
Select Enable/disable Wireless Direct and press OK button.
5.
6.
Check displayed message on the operation panel, select Yes, and press OK button.
6.
479
background
After Wireless Direct is enabled, the identifier (SSID) for using the printer with Wireless Direct is
displayed.
You can check various settings of Wireless Direct by scrolling the screen.
Note
The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you•
are using, no password is required.
When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name•
displayed on your device.
To change the identifier (SSID) and the password, see below.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer
to the printer
1. Enable Wi-Fi on your smartphone/tablet/computer.1.
Enable Wi-Fi in the Settings menu on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
For instructions on enabling the Wi-Fi function, refer to the instruction manual for your smartphone/
tablet/computer.
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-ModelName" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list2.
displayed on your device.
Note
If "DIRECT-XXXX-ModelName" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct may not be•
enabled.
See Enable Wireless Direct for printer to enable Wireless Direct.
3.
Enter password.
3.
The device is connected to the printer.
Note
To check the password specified for the printer, see below.
1.
Select LAN settings on HOME screen and press OK button.
1.
2.
Select Wireless Direct and press OK button.
2.
3.
Select Show password and press OK button.
3.
480
background
Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect to the•
printer via Wi-Fi, so enter the password specified for the printer.
If your Wireless Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct, the printer•
displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to connect to the printer.
Make sure the displayed name is the same as that of your wireless communication device and
select Yes.
You can print from your smartphone or tablet by installing the App. Download it from App Store and
Google Play.
For iOS device
For Android device
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Select LAN settings on HOME screen and press OK button.1.
2. Select Wireless Direct and press OK button.2.
Note
To change the Wireless Direct settings, you need to enable Wireless Direct in advance.•
See Enable Wireless Direct for printer to enable Wireless Direct.
3. Select Settings and press OK button.3.
Change SSID/device name
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name displayed on a Wireless Direct compatible device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
To set manually
1.
Press OK button to enter the input screen.
1.
2.
Enter the identifier or printer name.
2.
3.
Check the input contents and select OK button.
3.
To set automatically
1.
Select Auto update.
1.
2.
Check displayed message and select Yes.
2.
481
background
Change password
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
To set manually
1. Select Change manually.1.
2. Press OK button to enter the input screen.2.
3.
Enter the new password (10 characters).
3.
4.
Check the input contents and select OK button.
4.
To set automatically
1.
Select Auto update.
1.
2.
Check displayed message and select Yes.
2.
Connection request confirmation
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
If you want to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer, select Yes.
Important
To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display•
the confirmation screen.
2.4GHz/5GHz Switch
Change the frequency used for Wireless Direct.
When using Wireless Direct (2.4 GHz), there may be a disconnection if there is a Bluetooth
speaker nearby. If the printer supports 5 GHz, switching to 5 GHz will reduce the trouble.
Note
If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the•
device.
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
482
background
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Note
For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each•
connection method:
Using Cloud Service
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check 1
Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
your smartphone/tablet.
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power.
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check 2
Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check 3
Is printer connected to wireless router?
Check the connection status between the printer and wireless router by the icon on the operation panel.
If the or icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the
printer.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.)•
are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
483
background
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
Display on the operation panel of the printer.◦
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
If you have a computer, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network
status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check 4
Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of
wireless router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check 5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check 6
There may be a problem with the signal. Monitor signal status and move
printer and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the operation panel.
LCD and Operation Panel
484
background
Note
If the web page cannot be printed using an Android device, it may be possible to print it by changing•
Wireless Direct connection.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check 1
Check power status of printer and device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power.
Check 2
Check if the
icon is displayed on the operation panel of the printer.
If it is not displayed, Wireless Direct is disabled. Please turn on the Wireless Direct.
Check 3
Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check 4
Check that printer is selected as connection for devices (e.g. smartphone/
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, print out the network settings
information or use the operation panel to display it.
Display on the operation panel of the printer.•
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check 5
Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, print out the network settings information or use the operation
panel to display it.
Display on the operation panel of the printer.•
485
background
LAN settings
Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
Check 6
Check that printer is not placed too far away from device.
If the distance between the printer and the device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and the device close to each other.
Check 7
Check that 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Note
Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). Note that when•
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise) is set to Enable, Wireless Direct is set to Disable.
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
486
background
Printing Problems
Printer Does Not Print
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows)
No Ink Level Appears in Canon IJ Status Monitor (Windows)
487
background
Printer Does Not Print
Check 1
Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer with a network connection, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Note
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
For macOS:
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check 3
Make sure paper settings match information set for top feed or manual feed
tray.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the top feed or manual feed tray, an error message
appears on the operation panel. Follow the instructions on the operation panel to solve the problem.
488
background
Note
You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer's operation panel:
Paper-related settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the Printer Driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check 4
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
For Windows:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
For macOS:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check 5
Make sure that the multi-purpose tray guide is closed.
If the multi-purpose tray guide is opened, close it.
Check 6
Is the manual feed tray in the paper feed position?
If the multi-purpose tray guide is in the paper jam clearing position, return the tray to the paper feed position.
Check 7
Is your printer's Printer Driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a Printer Driver for a different printer.
For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is the model name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as Let Windows manage my
default printer so that it is selected by default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
For macOS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
Settings > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check 8
Does the page size setting match the size of paper loaded in the printer?
489
background
For Windows:
Check the displayed message to clear the error. Then, check Page Size setting in Page Setup sheet of the
Printer Driver and load paper that is the same size as the setting and try printing again.
Set the printer not to detect the width of the paper using the Printer Driver.
To set the printer not to detect the width of the paper, open the Printer Driver setup window, and in
Custom Settings under Maintenance sheet, select Disables paper width detection when printing from
computer check box, and then click OK.
To open the Printer Driver setup window, see Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen.
Clear Disables paper width detection when printing from computer check box again once printing is
complete, and then click OK.
For macOS:
Check the displayed message to clear the error. Then, check Page Size setting in Print dialog and load
paper that is the same size as the setting and try printing again.
Set the printer not to detect the width of the paper using the Canon IJ Printer Utility2.
To set the printer not to detect the width of the paper, open the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, select Custom
Settings in the pop-up menu, select Disable paper width detection when printing from computer check
box, and then click Apply.
To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, see
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2.
Clear Disable paper width detection when printing from computer check box again once printing is
complete, and then click Apply.
Check 9
Are media type and paper size specified properly in the Printer Driver?
When the media type is specified to Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A, Premium Fine Art Rough, or Matte
Photo Paper in the Printer Driver, specify a paper size from the following size that has wide margins.
A4 (Margin 25)
Letter (Margin 25)
A3 (Margin 25)
A3+ (Margin 25)
11"x17" (Margin 25)
L 89x127mm
4"x6" 10x15cm
210x594mm (Margin 25)
Important
By canceling the safety margin regulation with the following method, you can print with normal paper size.•
For Windows:
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the Printer Driver. Then select Cancel the safety margin
regulation for paper size check box in the dialog that appears.
490
background
For macOS:
Select Cancel Margin Regulation check box in Advanced Paper Settings in the Print dialog.
If you print with normal paper size, conditions such as paper abrasion may cause paper stains or
deterioration of print quality depending on the environment. We recommend that you print with a paper
size that has wide margins.
Check 10
Reconfigure the printer port settings. (Windows)
For connecting printer to computer using USB cable:
Delete the printer registered to your computer to be recognized again.
For Windows 11:
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Open Set Printers & scanners and click the icon of the printer that needs to fix the printer port
2.
settings.
3.
Click Remove and delete the printer.
3.
4.
Unplug the USB cable from the printer.
4.
5.
Reconnect the USB cable.
5.
The Printer Driver rebuilding starts and a new printer icon is added.
For Windows 10:
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Open Set Printers & scanners and click the icon of the printer that needs to fix the printer port
2.
settings.
3.
Click Remove device and delete the printer.
3.
4.
Unplug the USB cable from the printer.
4.
5.
Reconnect the USB cable.
5.
The Printer Driver rebuilding starts and a new printer icon is added.
For Windows 8 / Windows 8.1:
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select Devices and Printers in the Control Panel and right-click the icon of the printer that needs
2.
to fix the printer port settings.
3. Select Remove device and delete the printer.3.
4. Unplug the USB cable from the printer.4.
5.
Reconnect the USB cable.
5.
The Printer Driver rebuilding starts and a new printer icon is added.
If the printer icon is not added after about 5 minutes USB cable is reconnected, Printer Driver is not installed
correctly. Redo setup.
For connecting printer to the network:
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
491
background
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Check 11
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to
Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check 12
WSD Printer Driver is enabled, you may not be able to print.
Set WSD settings to Disable or reinstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
For Wi-Fi
Select LAN settings on HOME screen > Wi-Fi > Settings > Advanced > WSD settings in this order, and select
Disable for Enable/disable WSD.
For Wired LAN
Select LAN settings on HOME screen > Wired LAN > Settings > Advanced > WSD settings in this order, and
select Disable for Enable/disable WSD.
To install MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
Set Up
Check 13
If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
Important
For Windows:•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
492
background
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check 1
Check the printer is placed on the right spot.
Place the printer on a flat table or similar platform.
Check 2
Is paper loaded?
Loading Paper
Check 3
When loading paper, consider the following.
When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
In the manual feed tray:
When you load the paper, load one sheet at a time. When you print continuously, set the next paper after the last
one is finished printing.
Check 4
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check 5
When loading envelopes or Hagaki, consider the following.
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes in the Top Feed, and prepare the envelopes before
printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check 6
Check paper source setting.
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Check 7
Make sure paper weight is suitable for use with printer.
Media Types You Can Use
493
background
Check 8
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the top feed or manual feed
tray.
If the paper is jammed, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the top feed or manual feed tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from
the power supply, then remove the foreign object.
Note
If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.•
Check 9
Make sure that the multi-purpose tray guide is closed completely.
Paper does not feed properly if it is even slightly open.
Placing a Printable Disc
Check 10
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
494
background
Note
Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
495
background
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Check 1
Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and press OK button.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check 2
Is printable disc placed on multi-purpose tray?
Place the printable disc on the multi-purpose tray properly and press OK button.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check 3
Has time elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray?
If a certain period of time has elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray, it may be ejected.
Follow the instructions on the operation panel and try the operation again.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Check 1
Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and press OK button.
Use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see
Placing a Printable Disc.
Check 2
Unrecognizable printable disc may be placed.
We recommend using printable discs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer.
496
background
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Pull out the multi-purpose tray gently.
If the multi-purpose tray cannot be pulled out, cycle the power switch. The multi-purpose tray will
automatically be ejected.
When the multi-purpose tray is pulled out, place it again and retry printing. For more on placing the
multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
If the multi-purpose tray is still jammed, check if there is a problem with the printable disc.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
497
background
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors/Streaks
Ink Does Not Come Out
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors
White Streaks
Black Streaks
Note
If printouts are blank, black does not print, is faint, or has a blue or red tint, refer to this web page.•
Check 1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
498
background
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on your printer.
Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the Printer Driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Printing from your smartphone/tablet using
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check 2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected.
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check 3
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Quality Problems
Check 4
Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Check 5
Are the orange tape and plastic wrap still on the ink tank?
Make sure the orange tape is peeled off to expose the L-vent area, as shown below (A).
If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
Check 6
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step 1
Print a nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
From the printer
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
If the pattern is not printed correctly, check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, go to the next step.
499
background
Step 2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
From the printer•
Cleaning the Print Head
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
From the printer•
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If it does not improve, turn off the printer, wait for more than 24 hours without unplugging the power supply, and go to the next step.
Step 5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 6
Request a repair.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see
Adjustments for Better Print Quality.
Check 7
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the top feed, load paper with the printable side facing up.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
500
background
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Note
For the case of misaligned or distortion, refer to this web page.•
Check 1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on your printer.
Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the Printer Driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Printing from your smartphone/tablet using
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check 2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected.
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
501
background
Check 3
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Quality Problems
Check 4
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Note
If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually.
Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Check 5
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using operation panel of the printer or from computer may improve the print result.
502
background
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper
Curl
Check 1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on your printer.
Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the Printer Driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Printing from your smartphone/tablet using
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check 2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected.
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check 3
Check paper and print quality settings.
503
background
Print Quality Problems
Check 4
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.
Media Types You Can Use
For borderless printing, use a paper suitable for borderless printing.
If the paper you are using is not suitable for borderless printing, the print quality may be reduced at the top and
bottom edges of the paper.
Print Area
Check 5
Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
Plain Paper:
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
Other Paper such as Envelope or Hagaki:
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
1.
Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
1.
2.
Check that paper is now flat.2.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.•
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
504
background
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check 6
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper.
If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
Select Various settings on HOME screen, and set Printer settings > Print settings > Prevent paper
abrasion > ON.
Print settings
Check 7
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on Plain Paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the brightness setting in the Printer Driver.
Adjusting Brightness
Check 8
Do not print outside recommended printing area.
If you print outside the recommended printing area of your paper, ink may stain the lower edge of the paper.
Resize the document using application software.
Printing Area
Check 9
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.•
Check 10
Is inside of printer dirty?
During 2-sided printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
505
background
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Performing Bottom Plate Cleaning
Note
To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
506
background
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Check 1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on your printer.
Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the Printer Driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Printing from your smartphone/tablet using
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check 2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected.
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check 3
Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening
the lines in the document.
507
background
Check 4
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the Printer Driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
508
background
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Check 1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on your printer.
Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the Printer Driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Printing from your smartphone/tablet using
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check 2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected.
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check 3
Check paper and print quality settings.
Print Quality Problems
509
background
Check 4
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Performing Bottom Plate Cleaning
Note
During 2-sided printing, or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer.
510
background
Uneven or Streaked Colors
Check 1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on your printer.
Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the Printer Driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Printing from your smartphone/tablet using
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check 2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected.
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check 3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
511
background
Increasing the print quality using operation panel of the printer or from computer may improve the print result.
Check 4
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step 1
Print a nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
From the printer•
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
If the pattern is not printed correctly, check if the ink tank for the problem color is empty.
If the ink tank is not empty, go to the next step.
Step 2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
From the printer•
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If it does not improve, turn off the printer, wait for more than 24 hours without unplugging the power supply, and go to the next step.
Step 5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step 6
Request a repair.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see
Adjustments for Better Print Quality.
Check 5
Perform print head alignment.
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
Note
If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment•
manually.
Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Align Colors
512
background
Change to Offline (Windows)/Cannot Communicate (Windows)
If the printer cannot communicate with the computer, an error message "Offline" may be displayed when
printing. To bring the printer back online, try the following.
1.
Check the connection (USB/Wi-Fi/Wired LAN).
1.
For USB connection:
Make sure that the USB-connected printer is recognized by the computer.
For Wi-Fi/Wired LAN connections:
Make sure that or icon appears on the printer's operation panel.
2. Turn off printer and then turn it on again.2.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
3. Check the name of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver).3.
Check the names of the printer and MP Drivers (Printer Driver) match. From Windows 10, the
management method of the printer that is normally used has changed. Set the MP Drivers (Printer
Driver) of the printer you are using as default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
4. Make sure that printer is not set to Use Printer Offline mode.4.
For Windows 11:
1. Open Set Printers & scanners.1.
2. Click the name of printer you want to configure.2.
3. Click Print settings.3.
Print settings window opens.
4. Click Maintenance sheet.4.
5. Click View Printer Status.5.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor window is displayed.
513
background
6. Click Display Print Queue of the Canon IJ Status Monitor window.6.
The Print Queue window is displayed.
7. Click Printer menu in the window displayed.7.
Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
If it is selected, click Use Printer Offline to deselect it.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
For Windows 10:
1. Open Set Printers & scanners.1.
2. Click the name of printer you want to configure, and select Open queue.2.
The Print Queue window is displayed.
3. Click Printer menu in the window displayed.3.
Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
If it is selected, click Use Printer Offline to deselect it.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
5. For Wi-Fi/Wired LAN connections, use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant to change settings.5.
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
6. Uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver) and reinstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).6.
If your MP Drivers (Printer Driver) version is old or not installed correctly, you may not be able to print.
Confirm that the offline mode has been disabled. If the printer is still offline, proceed to the next step.
7.
Restart computer.
7.
The computer may be unstable for some reason. Restart the computer and try to print.
Important
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
514
background
Mechanical Problems
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
USB Connection Problems
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
515
background
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check 1
Press ON button.
Turning the Printer On and Off
Check 2
Make sure power cord is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check 3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 5 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
516
background
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
Note
If this setting is changed, power consumption may increase.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Select Various settings on HOME screen.
2.
3.
Select Printer settings.
3.
4.
Select Energy saving settings.
4.
5.
Select Auto power off.
5.
6.
Select Never.
6.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
You can use the scheduling function of the Remote UI to turn the printer on or off at a specified time.
517
background
USB Connection Problems
If the printer connected to the computer via USB is not recognized, check the following items.
USB Connection Not Recognized
The following problems may occur even though the USB connection is recognized.
Printing is slow.
Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears (Windows).
If the above is the case, check the following.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Note
If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed
of Full-Speed or Low-Speed. In this case, the printer works properly but printing speed may slow down
due to the communication speed.
USB Connection Not Recognized
Check 1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check 2
Unplug the USB cable from the printer and the computer, and then connect it
again.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
518
background
Check 3
Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of
Printer properties dialog box (Windows).
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
Check 4
Initialize the printer settings.
Select Various settings on HOME screen > Printer settings > Reset settings > Reset all.
Reset settings
After initializing the printer settings, redo setup.
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Check
Follow the items below to confirm that your system environment supports
Hi-Speed USB connection.
The types of USB cables that can be used differ depending on your printer. Check the shape of the USB
port of the printer.
What Is USB Cable?
Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
519
background
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/
Changes from USB to LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, refer
to Setup Guide to setup.
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch the connection method (Wired LAN or Wi-Fi) when the printer is used with a LAN
connection, check the following item.
For Windows:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.◦
Enable Wi-Fi or Wired LAN on the printer's operation panel, and then configure the settings in the◦
Network Settings screen of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For details on the configuration, see the following.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings
For macOS:
520
background
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch to USB connection when the printer is used with a LAN connection, check the
following item.
For Windows:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi
Connection
If you want to switch to Wireless Direct when using the printer with Wi-Fi connection:
Wireless Direct connection is available. Wireless Direct and Wi-Fi connection can be used together.
But if you use IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), they can be not used together.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Switching to a Wi-Fi connection when using the printer Wireless Direct:
If you connect the printer to your computer or smartphone via a wireless router for the first time to
print, or if you want to change the connection frequency between the printer and the wireless router,
perform the setup.
For Windows:
Refer to Changing the Connection Mode.
For macOS:
521
background
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
522
background
Wrong Language Appears in Operation Panel
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1.
Press HOME button and wait a little.
1.
2.
Select on HOME screen and press OK button.
2.
3.
Select top setting item and press OK button.
3.
4. Select sixth setting item from top and press OK button.4.
Note
If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.•
5. Select a language that you want to use and press OK button.5.
523
background
Installation and Download Problems
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer
Connected via USB)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Disable Function to Send Usage Information of Printer
524
background
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
If the MP Drivers (Printer Driver) were not installed correctly, make sure that all Windows Update have
been applied. If all Windows Update have not been applied, apply all Windows Update.
After confirming Windows Update, perform the following operations to install the MP Drivers (Printer
Driver).
1.
Open screen to uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
1.
For Windows 11:
Open Installed apps.
For Windows 10:
Open Apps & features.
For Windows 8.1 / Windows 7:
Select Control Panel > Programs and Features.
2. Check if there is "Canon XXX series Driver" or "Canon XXX series Printer Driver" you2.
want to install in list.
"XXX" is the printer's model name.
3. If you find MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for printer you want to install, uninstall it.3.
If not found, proceed to the next step.
4. Restart computer.4.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
Important
For Windows:
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
Note
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
525
background
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
526
background
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
Note
For the case of connecting with a USB cable, refer to this web page.•
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check 1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
Check the orientation and angle of the "Type-B" connector when connecting to the printer. For details, refer
to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check 2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.1.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.2.
3.
Turn on printer.
3.
Check 3
Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers (Printer Driver) again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).1.
2.
Turn off printer.
2.
527
background
3. Restart computer.3.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) downloaded in step 1.
Important
When installing the MP Drivers (Printer Driver), make sure you select the correct printer name.
For Windows:•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
528
background
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment
(Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in advance.
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
After the download is completed, overwrite and install the new version of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
according to the specified installation procedure.
Note
The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
529
background
Errors and Messages
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
530
background
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
LCD:
531
background
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message Is Displayed.
532
background
Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the messages that may appear.
Note
A support code (error number) is displayed for some errors. For details on errors that have support
code, see List of Support Codes for Printer Errors.
If a message appears on the printer's LCD, see below.
Message Appears on the Printer's LCD
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Appears on the Printer's LCD
Check the message and take appropriate action.
Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the button when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
See Turning the Printer On and Off for the correct way to turn the power off.
Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and try again after a while.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
Refer to
Turning the Printer On and Off for the correct way to turn the power off.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check 1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
533
background
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check 3
Make sure printer driver is installed correctly.
Refer to Updating the Driver to uninstall unnecessary drivers and install the latest drivers.
Check 4
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1.
Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
1.
Note
If the User Account Control screen appears, select Yes.
2.
Open USB Printing Support Properties.
2.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is•
correctly connected to the computer.
Check 2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3.
Click General tab and check for a device problem.
3.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"•
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
"Printer driver could not be found"
534
background
Refer to Updating the Driver to uninstall unnecessary drivers and install the latest drivers.
"Could not print Application name - File name"•
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
535
background
Connecting to a Printer
Cable Connection
Wireless Connection
Cable Connection
USB cable Connection
LAN cable Connection
Wireless Connection
Wi-Fi
Connection via Wireless Router
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Enable Printing from PC/Smartphone/Tablet
536
background
When Wireless Router Is Changed
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Troubleshooting
Network Settings and Common Problems
Network Solution 1-2-3
Network Connection Tips
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS)
Handling Printer Configuration Using the Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Connecting The Printer And a Computer
Via Wi-Fi
iOS: Connecting The Printer And a
Smartphone Via Wi-Fi
Android: Connecting The Printer And a
Smartphone Via Wi-Fi
Notice/Restriction
Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
Note
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
537
background
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
538
background
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
However, you can use a Wi-Fi connection and Wireless Direct at the same time. (Except when
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise) is enabled.)
For restrictions, see the following.
Connect via wireless router
You cannot use the printer over Wi-Fi and wired connections at the same time.
Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
Depending on your country or region, this printer does not support wireless networking standards
using the 5 GHz band.
The printer does not support WEP, WPA-PSK (TKIP) and WPA2-PSK (TKIP). The security protocol
such as WPA2-PSK (AES) or WPA3-SAE (AES) is recommended to be set to wireless router for
security reasons.
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
When connecting to Wi-Fi outdoors, do not connect to a 5 GHz network (SSID).
The 5 GHz band available for use with the printer includes the channels that are allowed for indoor
use only, depending on your country or region.
For details on the 5 GHz network (SSID) of your wireless router, see the manual supplied with the
wireless router, or contact its manufacturer.
For office use, especially when connecting with IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise),
consult your network administrator.
Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer•
in Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
539
background
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, and then redo the settings.
Wireless Direct connects a device (such as a computer) to the printer at 2.4 GHz.
To connect at 5 GHz, enable Wireless Direct, and then set the frequency band to 5 GHz.
Depending on your country or region, this printer does not support Wireless Direct using the 5 GHz
band.
Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
Connection Using a Wired Network
You cannot use the printer over Wi-Fi and wired connections at the same time.
When using a router, connect the printer and computer to the LAN side (same network segment).
540
background
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
For macOS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
You can check the serial number by displaying on the operation panel of the printer.•
Printer information
This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (device functions, connection method, operating
procedure and etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
541
background
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/
Changes from USB to LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, refer
to Setup Guide to setup.
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch the connection method (Wired LAN or Wi-Fi) when the printer is used with a LAN
connection, check the following item.
For Windows:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.◦
Enable Wi-Fi or Wired LAN on the printer's operation panel, and then configure the settings in the◦
Network Settings screen of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For details on the configuration, see the following.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings
For macOS:
542
background
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch to USB connection when the printer is used with a LAN connection, check the
following item.
For Windows:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi
Connection
If you want to switch to Wireless Direct when using the printer with Wi-Fi connection:
Wireless Direct connection is available. Wireless Direct and Wi-Fi connection can be used together.
But if you use IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), they can be not used together.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Switching to a Wi-Fi connection when using the printer Wireless Direct:
If you connect the printer to your computer or smartphone via a wireless router for the first time to
print, or if you want to change the connection frequency between the printer and the wireless router,
perform the setup.
For Windows:
Refer to Changing the Connection Mode.
For macOS:
543
background
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
544
background
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS)
Detect Same Printer Name
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Setting Up IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise)
545
background
Setting Up IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise)
Overview
If you are using a switch/access point (authenticator) with IEEE802.1X/EAP, you can connect this printer
to a Wired LAN or Wi-Fi.
Note
The information on this page is intended for network administrators.•
Ask your network administrator to set it up.
Setup Flow
1.
Prepare the equipment.
1.
Prepare the following equipment.
IEEE802.1X/EAP compliant switch/access point (Authenticator)•
Authentication (Radius) server•
2. Configure settings for the authentication (Radius) server and authenticator.2.
Set up the authentication (Radius) server and authenticator in advance.
Note
For the settings of the authentication (Radius) server and IEEE802.1X/EAP switch/access point
(Authenticator), refer to the respective instruction manuals.
3. Configure Remote UI.3.
Remote UI is used to configure printer security settings.
See below for an overview of Remote UI.
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web Browser
This web page will guide you through the configuration using Wireless Direct.
Refer to the following to connect via Wireless Direct.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Important
When setting using the Wired LAN or infrastructure (wireless connection), configure the network
settings so that you can temporarily connect to the network in the respective mode.
There is IEEE802.1X/EAP settings in the security item of the Remote UI menu.
4.
On Remote UI, select Security > IEEE802.1X/EAP settings.
4.
546
background
5. Select Authentication.5.
Login name (up to 96 characters)•
The login name to connect to the authentication server.
Important
If you select Verify Authentication Server Name, you must set the authentication server•
name.
If you select Verify authentication server certificates, you must register the certificate
authority (CA) certificate in advance.
6.
Select Authentication.
6.
Select PEAP, EAP-TTLS or EAP-TLS.
7.
Set Authentication.
7.
Set the data required for PEAP, EAP-TTLS or EAP-TLS authentication.
You must have a certificate authority (CA) certificate registered to verify certificates sent from the
authentication server (server certificates).
PEAP:
Set the user name and password that will be used for client authentication.
Normally, select Verify authentication server certificates.
EAP-TLS:
You must have a client authentication certificate registered.
Normally, select Verify authentication server certificates.
EAP-TTLS:
Select MSCHAPv2 or PAP as the authentication protocol.
Set the user name and password that will be used for client authentication.
8.
Save your settings.
8.
Select OK to save the IEEE802.1X/EAP settings.
9.
Register the certificate authority (CA) certificate.
9.
Select CA certificate > Upload CA certificate and upload (register) the CA certificate (X.509 DER
format).
A maximum of five certificates can be registered.
10.
Register key and certificate.
10.
547
background
When EAP-TLS is selected:
Select Key and certificate settings > Upload key and certificate and upload (register) the client
certificate (PKCS #12).
Note
If you choose PEAP or EAP-TTLS, you do not need to do this.•
11.
Set up Weak encryption restriction.
11.
Select Restrict.
12.
Set up Weak certificate restriction.
12.
Select Restrict.
13.
Select Enable/disable IEEE802.1X/EAP to enable IEEE802.1X/EAP.
13.
Select OK and save the settings to enable IEEE802.1X/EAP.
Note
You can enable or disable IEEE802.1X/EAP on the operation panel.•
Note that the advanced IEEE802.1X/EAP settings are not available on the operation panel.
14.
Connect to IEEE802.1X/EAP switch (Authenticator) or IEEE802.1X/EAP access point.
14.
When IEEE802.1X/EAP is enabled, it is possible to search for SSID of IEEE802.1X/EAP access points
in Wi-Fi Advanced setup on the operation panel.
Select the SSID of the IEEE802.1X/EAP access point to connect.
For a Wired LAN, connect the LAN cable to the IEEE802.1X/EAP switch.
If You Cannot Connect
If you are unable to connect to the IEEE802.1X/EAP switch (Authenticator) or access point, please redo
the settings from step 3 above.
Important
Wireless Direct is disabled when you connect to an IEEE802.1X/EAP access point. When using•
the Remote UI, enable Wireless Direct from the operation panel settings and connect again using
Wireless Direct.
Note
Select LAN settings on HOME screen and select Wi-Fi > Settings > Advanced > IEEE802.1X
settings > Last authentication result to help troubleshoot.
If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.
1. Check that the wireless router is turned on. is displayed when the switch/access point may1.
not be turned on.
548
background
2. If the error cannot be identified, such as multiple problems occurring, An unexpected error has2.
occurred. is displayed.
3. If a connection processing problem or encryption-authentication mismatch is detected, Failed to3.
connect to the wireless router. is displayed.
4. If you see a message other than the above, follow the instructions.4.
549
background
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
Important
Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
550
background
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer
settings on network.
Use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant for:
Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not
available for some models)
Changing printer network settings
Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is
installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant repairs the status
of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer•
at the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
Administrator Password
To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
Do not change network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant while printing is in progress.
551
background
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant as shown below.
In Windows 11, from (Start button) on the taskbar, select All apps > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi
Connection Assistant.
Note
In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps > ) > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
In Windows 7, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, and
then Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, a message appears. Check the message and select Yes.
The screen below appears.
Select Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
If you select Diagnose and Repair:•
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
If you select Printer Network Setup:•
Performing/Changing Network Settings
552
background
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
3.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.
Note
This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
553
background
Performing/Changing Network Settings
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Performing Network Settings
554
background
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
The screen below appears when you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and select Printer Network
Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.
A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot
be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.•
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer
Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.•
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
Available
Indicates the printer is available.
Setup Completed
555
background
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
Requires Setup
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Not Set
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or
enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
IP Address Overlap
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
Unknown
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.•
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires
Setup.
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two
printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number
(Last 5 Digits).)
If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
If you are using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi
is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
Auto
556
background
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
Manual
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.•
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
This section describes menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
A: Printer Settings menu
Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
View Menu
C: Option menu
Option Menu
557
background
D: Help menu
Help Menu
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen toolbar.
A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this
case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
558
background
Performing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings
Supported models only
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Assigning Printer Information
Important
Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
559
background
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)
SettingsSupported models only
Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings.
Important
These settings are not available if your printer does not have a wired LAN connection.
Note
For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers for which you can
perform setup.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method and Available displayed on Status
to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5.
Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, the screen below appears after the Confirm
Printer Password screen appears
Select Wired LAN and click OK.
560
background
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
IPv4 settings
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
IPv6 settings•
Note
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
561
background
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8.
Click Set.
8.
562
background
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you
change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the
page shown.
If you plan to use a printer over Wi-Fi, make sure you perform security settings for the Wi-Fi network.
Note
For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup
displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via
USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired
LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears
563
background
Select Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
IPv4/IPv6 settings
A: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
Infrastructure
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
Direct
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a
wireless router.
Note
If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on step
4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot
perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your
operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
564
background
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect
to. For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list,
clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
IPv4 settings
Note
The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
565
background
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
IPv6 settings•
Note
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
on the printer you are using.
For details, see
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
566
background
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.8.
567
background
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
Note
If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4.
Select printer to assign location name and device name.
4.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
5. Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
The setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
8.
Click Set.
8.
568
background
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
G4000 series
PRO-500 series
PRO-1000 series
MB2100 series
MB2700 series
MB5100 series
MB5400 series
iB4100 series
PRO-520
PRO-540
PRO-540S
PRO-560
PRO-560S
PRO-2000
PRO-4000
PRO-4000S
PRO-6000
PRO-6000S
TS9000 series
TS8000 series
TS6000 series
TS5000 series
MG3000 series
E470 series
569
background
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via
USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. (You
cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
iB4100 series
MG3000 series
E470 series
G4000 series
TS5000 series
TS6000 series
TS8000 series
TS9000 series
TR8500 series
TR7500 series
TS9100 series
TS8100 series
TS6100 series
TS5100 series
TS3100 series
E3100 series
TS300 series
E300 series
TR8580 series
TS9180 series
TS8180 series
TS6180 series
TR8530 series
TR7530 series
TS8130 series
TS6130 series
XK70 series
XK50 series
G4010 series
G3010 series
TR4500 series
E4200 series
TS6200 series
TS6280 series
TS6230 series
TS8200 series
XK80 series
TS8280 series
TS8230 series
TS9500 series
TS9580 series
570
background
TR9530 series
TS3300 series
E3300 series
571
background
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Important
Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
572
background
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If anything is wrong with connection, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses the settings of the printer and
those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant restores the status of the
printer and computer.
Important
To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
573
background
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, the screen below appears.
Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts
diagnosis and repair of network.
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
574
background
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.
Note
This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
575
background
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
G4000 series
PRO-500 series
PRO-1000 series
MB2100 series
MB2700 series
MB5100 series
MB5400 series
iB4000 series
PRO-520
PRO-540
PRO-560
PRO-540S
PRO-560S
PRO-2000
PRO-4000
PRO-6000
PRO-4000S
PRO-6000S
TS9000 series
TS8000 series
TS6000 series
TS5000 series
MG3000 series
E470 series
576
background
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
Support codes are displayed on the printer's LCD and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and is displayed along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Printer's LCD and Computer Screen
1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1001 1002 1006 1013 1062 1200 1250 1261 1300 1308 1401
1403 1405 1408 1409 140A 140C 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415
1416 1417 1600 1660 1684 1688 1689 168C 1700 1701 1730 1830
1850 1851 1855 1856 1857 1890
2000 to 2ZZZ
2103 2114 2115 2123 2124 2500 2503
3000 to 3ZZZ
3000 3306 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319
3413 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447
4000 to 4ZZZ
4103 4104 4109 4111 495A
5000 to 5ZZZ
5100
5200
520C
520E
5400
5700
5B00
5B01
5B22
5C02
6000 to 6ZZZ
6000
6001
6004
6500
6502
6700
6701
6800
6801
6830
6831
6832
6833
6900
6901
6902
6910
6920
6921
6930
6931
6932
6933
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6A80
6A81
6D01
577
background
7000 to 7ZZZ
7600 7700 7800 7802
8000 to 8ZZZ
8200 8300
A000 to ZZZZ
B400 C000
For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Codes for Printer Errors (Paper Jams).
578
background
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors (Paper Jams)
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot / top feed / manual feed tray:•
1300
If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot / top feed / manual feed tray or if•
the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the small size paper is jammed:•
Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
Cases other than above:•
Other Cases
579
background
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed in the paper output slot / top feed / manual feed tray.
What to Do
Remove the jammed paper according to the paper source.
If the paper loaded in the top feed is jammed:
1.
Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from top feed, whichever is
1.
easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper
may be ejected automatically.
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it,
press the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
top feed, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
2.
Reload paper and press the printer's OK button.
2.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the
printing.
580
background
Note
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
Also, make sure that the paper in the top feed is not resting against a wall or any other
obstacle. If the paper is touching a wall, this may prevent the paper from being fed into the
printer correctly.
We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics.
A5 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request
a repair.
If the paper loaded in the manual feed tray is jammed:
1.
Press Paper Jam Clearing button and set manual feed tray to paper jam clearing
1.
position.
2. Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from manual feed tray, whichever2.
is easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper
may be ejected automatically.
581
background
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it,
press the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the•
manual feed tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
3. Return manual feed tray to original position.3.
4. Reload paper and press the printer's OK button.4.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 2, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the
printing.
Note
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
Also, make sure that the paper in the top feed is not resting against a wall or any other
obstacle. If the paper is touching a wall, this may prevent the paper from being fed into the
printer correctly.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request
a repair.
582
background
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot / top feed / manual
feed tray, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions
below.
Note
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the
printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1.
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
1.
2.
Open top cover and multi-purpose tray guide.
2.
Important
Do not touch clear film (A) or white belt (B).•
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
3.
Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.
3.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
583
background
When moving the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far
right or left.
4.
Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
4.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5.
Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
5.
Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees.
584
background
6.
Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
6.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
Any paper left under the print head holder?
Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (C) in the printer?
7. Close top cover.7.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
If a paper jam message appears on the printer's LCD or on your computer screen when you
resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the
printer. Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
585
background
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
There is no paper in the top feed.
Paper is not loaded in the top feed properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
Load paper in the top feed.•
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Note
The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source. For details on the paper that can be
loaded in the top feed, refer to Loading Paper in the Top Feed.
Load one sheet of A4 / Letter size plain paper in the top feed before aligning the print head during•
the first printer setup.
Align the paper guides of the top feed with both edges of the paper.•
Close the feed slot cover.•
586
background
After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button.
Note
To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
587
background
1013
Cause
Multi-purpose tray compatible media is not set on multi-purpose tray, or the media position is misaligned.
What to Do
Remove the multi-purpose tray, place the multi-purpose tray compatible media properly, and then attach
the multi-purpose tray to the printer.
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Then press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Important
When you print on multi-purpose tray compatible media, use the supplied multi-purpose tray (the one•
with the "A" mark).
Note
To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
588
background
1200
Cause
Top cover is open.
What to Do
Close the top cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing ink tanks.
589
background
1250
Cause
Paper output tray is closed.
What to Do
Open the paper output tray.
590
background
1401
Cause
Print head may not be installed properly or may be damaged.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
Install the print head.•
If the print head is already installed, remove and reinstall it.•
Then close the top cover.
Turn off the printer and turn it back on.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
591
background
1600
Cause
Ink may have run out.
What to Do
Replacing the ink tank is recommended.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the printer's OK button with the ink tank
installed.
Then printing can continue.
Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing.
592
background
1660
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Printing cannot be performed because the ink tank is not installed or is not compatible with this printer.
Check the ink tank.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
593
background
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the top cover.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the
remaining ink level. Press and hold the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by using a non-genuine
Canon ink tank or by using non-genuine Canon ink.
Note
If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on the
Estimated ink levels screen on the LCD.
594
background
1689
Cause
Printer detected ink out condition.
What to Do
Replace the ink tank and close the top cover.
An ink tank that was once empty is installed.
If you want to continue printing, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To
disable this function, press and hold the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be
advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by using a non-genuine
Canon ink tank or by using non-genuine Canon ink.
Note
If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank is displayed in white on the
Estimated ink levels screen on the LCD.
595
background
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
Note
In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print.
596
background
1890
Cause
Protective materials for shipping may still be attached.
What to Do
Open the top cover and make sure that the protective materials for securing the print head holder have
been removed.
If the protective materials are still there, remove them and close the top cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, select your printer name on the page, and follow the instructions.
597
background
2114
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing do not match the paper information for the top feed registered in
the printer.
Note
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper•
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
For how to register paper information in the printer, refer to the following.•
Register Paper Information
For example, if the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the top feed
registered in the printer, the following message is displayed on the printer's LCD.
Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:•
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
Paper information for the top feed registered in the printer:•
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
When you press the printer's OK button, the paper settings specified when printing are displayed on the
LCD.
598
background
What to Do
Select Next using the buttons and press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
Select the appropriate action using the buttons and press the printer's OK button.
Note
Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A5 and the paper information for the top
feed is registered as A4, select this option to print on A4 paper loaded in the top feed with the A5
setting.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the top feed.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A5 and the paper information for the top
feed is registered as A4, select this option to print after replacing the paper in the top feed with A5
paper.
After changing the paper and closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for
the top feed appears. Register the paper information in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the top feed, press the printer's
Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper•
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
599
background
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified at printing. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you•
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings specified at printing, regardless of whether
the paper loaded in the top feed matches the paper settings.
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing without using the
printer driver:
Paper-related settings
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
600
background
2115
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing do not match the paper information for the manual feed tray
registered in the printer.
Note
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper•
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
For how to register paper information in the printer, refer to the following.•
Register Paper Information
For example, if the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the manual
feed tray registered in the printer, the following message is displayed on the printer's LCD.
Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:•
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A
Paper information for the manual feed tray registered in the printer:•
Paper size: A3
Paper type: Plus Glossy II A
When you press the printer's OK button, the paper settings specified when printing are displayed on the
LCD.
601
background
What to Do
Select Next using the buttons and press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
Select the appropriate action using the buttons and press the printer's OK button.
Note
Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Use manual feed tray settings
Select this option to print on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A4 and the paper information for the manual
feed tray is registered as A3, select this option to print on A3 paper loaded in the manual feed tray
with the A4 setting.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the manual feed tray.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A4 and the paper information for the manual
feed tray is registered as A3, select this option to print after replacing the paper in the manual feed
tray with A4 paper.
After changing the paper, the paper information registration screen for the manual feed tray appears.
Register the paper information in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the manual feed tray, press the
printer's Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper•
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
602
background
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified at printing. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you•
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings specified at printing, regardless of whether
the paper loaded in the manual feed tray matches the paper settings.
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing without using the
printer driver:
Paper-related settings
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
603
background
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Change the print settings specified when printing and retry printing.
604
background
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by protective materials for securing the print head•
holder, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Important
When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film (A) or•
white belt (B).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.•
Press ink tanks until they click into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
605
background
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
606
background
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print.
607
background
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
608
background
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
609

Specifications

Canon PIXMA PRO-200S Questions and Answers